WO2018221027A1 - Medical examination device - Google Patents

Medical examination device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018221027A1
WO2018221027A1 PCT/JP2018/015251 JP2018015251W WO2018221027A1 WO 2018221027 A1 WO2018221027 A1 WO 2018221027A1 JP 2018015251 W JP2018015251 W JP 2018015251W WO 2018221027 A1 WO2018221027 A1 WO 2018221027A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
medical
information
patient
diagnosis
diagnostic
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2018/015251
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
照二 中井
Original Assignee
株式会社モリタ製作所
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社モリタ製作所 filed Critical 株式会社モリタ製作所
Priority to JP2019522005A priority Critical patent/JP6829763B2/en
Publication of WO2018221027A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018221027A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B1/00Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor
    • A61B1/24Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor for the mouth, i.e. stomatoscopes, e.g. with tongue depressors; Instruments for opening or keeping open the mouth
    • A61B6/51
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61CDENTISTRY; APPARATUS OR METHODS FOR ORAL OR DENTAL HYGIENE
    • A61C19/00Dental auxiliary appliances
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61CDENTISTRY; APPARATUS OR METHODS FOR ORAL OR DENTAL HYGIENE
    • A61C19/00Dental auxiliary appliances
    • A61C19/04Measuring instruments specially adapted for dentistry
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61GTRANSPORT, PERSONAL CONVEYANCES, OR ACCOMMODATION SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR PATIENTS OR DISABLED PERSONS; OPERATING TABLES OR CHAIRS; CHAIRS FOR DENTISTRY; FUNERAL DEVICES
    • A61G15/00Operating chairs; Dental chairs; Accessories specially adapted therefor, e.g. work stands
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61GTRANSPORT, PERSONAL CONVEYANCES, OR ACCOMMODATION SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR PATIENTS OR DISABLED PERSONS; OPERATING TABLES OR CHAIRS; CHAIRS FOR DENTISTRY; FUNERAL DEVICES
    • A61G15/00Operating chairs; Dental chairs; Accessories specially adapted therefor, e.g. work stands
    • A61G15/10Parts, details or accessories
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H50/00ICT specially adapted for medical diagnosis, medical simulation or medical data mining; ICT specially adapted for detecting, monitoring or modelling epidemics or pandemics
    • G16H50/20ICT specially adapted for medical diagnosis, medical simulation or medical data mining; ICT specially adapted for detecting, monitoring or modelling epidemics or pandemics for computer-aided diagnosis, e.g. based on medical expert systems

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a medical medical device, and more particularly to a medical medical device used for dental diagnosis of a patient.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a dental examination table for holding various medical instruments used by an operator during dental diagnosis.
  • the medical table disclosed in Patent Document 1 can support dental diagnosis by an operator.
  • diagnosis information in dental diagnosis includes knowledge and experience of the surgeon in the dental field as well as knowledge and experience in the general medical field. It depends heavily on both. For this reason, there is a need for a technique for more accurately outputting diagnostic information in dental diagnosis.
  • the present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a medical treatment apparatus that outputs diagnostic information in dental diagnosis more accurately.
  • the medical treatment apparatus includes an input information acquisition unit that acquires input information related to a patient's dental diagnosis, a medical information acquisition unit that acquires medical information related to a patient's medical diagnosis, and a dental diagnosis and a medical diagnosis.
  • a diagnosis unit that outputs diagnosis information in diagnosis.
  • “dentistry” is a department related to dentistry, and is a medical department that deals with diseases related to teeth or teeth-related tissues (periodontal tissues, etc.).
  • “Dental” includes, for example, general dentistry, orthodontics, oral surgery, dental radiology, or pediatric dentistry.
  • the “medical department” is a department related to medicine and is a medical department that deals with diseases other than those treated in dentistry.
  • “Medical” includes, for example, internal medicine, obstetrics and gynecology, radiology, endocrinology, neurology, cardiology, or orthopedics.
  • “Input information” includes the degree of tooth pain or pain, implant information, information on prosthetics, information on attachments such as dentures, patient complaints about X-ray diagnostic information, and dental diagnosis based on the operator's knowledge Or a patient's mouth image and a disease image representing a disease of the mouth, and a diagnosis result made based on the mouth image and the disease image.
  • the “medical information” is information that is included in a medical record, and includes information such as a diagnosis result in a past medical diagnosis of a patient such as a test result, a constitution of the patient, or medication for the patient.
  • the “related information” includes information such as precautions considering a medical diagnosis when performing a dental diagnosis.
  • the related items include information on diseases in the medical field caused by periodontal disease, the influence of taking anticoagulants on tooth extraction, allergy information, and the like.
  • the "diagnosis information” includes X-ray diagnosis information, root canal length measurement information, periodontal pocket measurement information, tooth mobility measurement information, 3D oral cavity measurement result information by a 3D oral scanner, tooth caries. It includes the results of dental diagnosis such as fluorescence diagnosis information for determination, orthodontic diagnosis information, treatment policy, treatment contents, or auxiliary information for deriving these. As an easy-to-understand example, the result of dental diagnosis includes the presence or absence of caries or the presence or absence of periodontal disease. As a treatment policy for caries, treatment with the tooth preserved or treatment with a dental prosthesis can be cited.
  • the treatment policy for periodontal disease includes removal of tartar with a hand scaler, or removal of tartar with an electric or air-driven instrument such as an ultrasonic scaler or an air scaler.
  • Treatment of caries includes removing the carious portion by cutting with an air turbine handpiece or micromotor handpiece, then filling the teeth, putting a crown on the teeth, or inserting a denture Or root canal treatment associated therewith.
  • the treatment content of periodontal disease includes removal of calculus in the periodontal pocket using a scaler, removal of inflamed gingival part, or removal of calculus after removing the gingiva by surgery.
  • the “diagnosis information” includes the diagnosis result of the adhesion state of the tooth stain in the case of the smoker, the removal content of the stain, the diagnosis information regarding the dental implant operation, the diagnosis information regarding the orthodontics, Diagnostic information related to pediatric dentistry, diagnostic information related to oral surgery, diagnostic information related to dental aesthetics, and the like may be included. Furthermore, the “diagnosis information” includes information such as a treatment policy or treatment content in consideration of a disease in the medical field caused by periodontal disease, or the influence of taking an anticoagulant on tooth extraction.
  • the medical treatment apparatus can output diagnostic information in dental diagnosis more accurately.
  • a medical device 1 that can be used in the dental field will be described as an exemplary form of a medical medical device (hereinafter also referred to as a medical device).
  • the medical treatment includes diagnosis and treatment.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram showing an outline of the medical device 1.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating a side surface and a plane of the medical device 1.
  • 2A is a side view of the medical device 1 shown in FIG. 1 in the horizontal direction.
  • FIG. 2B is a plan view of the medical device 1 shown in FIG. 1 in the vertical direction.
  • the medical device 1 includes a device table 80 to which various devices for treating the oral cavity of a patient 500 (hereinafter simply referred to as a patient) are connected, and a medical table that supports the patient. 20.
  • the patient may be a living person, a human body model, or a head model.
  • the arm 69 extends from the device base 80 in the vertical direction.
  • the arm 69 is connected to an arm 68 extending in the horizontal direction and an arm 70 extending in the vertical direction.
  • An arm 71 and an arm 72 are connected to the arm 70 so that the arm further branches in the horizontal direction.
  • An arm 66 is connected to the arm 68 via a joint portion 67.
  • the arm 72 holds a microphone (hereinafter also referred to as a microphone) 4 at the tip.
  • the microphone 4 acquires the patient's main complaint by voice.
  • the audio data acquired by the microphone 4 is input to the control device 100.
  • the arm 71 holds the overhead camera 9 at the tip.
  • the overhead camera 9 captures the facial expression and body movement of the patient being treated.
  • the overhead image data acquired by the overhead camera 9 is input to the control device 100.
  • the arm 66 holds the surgical light 7 at the tip.
  • the surgical light 7 irradiates the oral cavity of the patient being treated.
  • the arm 66 is movable with respect to the arm 68 in the horizontal direction or the vertical direction about the joint portion 67 as an axis. As the arm 66 moves in this manner, the surgical light 7 appropriately irradiates the patient's oral cavity.
  • a spiton (not shown) is provided on the upper surface of the apparatus base 80.
  • Spitton has a cup water supply section and a saliva bowl for rinsing the mouth.
  • the operation panel 5 includes a plurality of switches (not shown) for driving the medical table 20 or the medical instrument 30 and is pressed by an operator such as a dentist. When the operator operates the operation panel 5, the operation signal is input to the control device 100.
  • the operation panel 5 may be provided on the medical table 10 or may be provided on the medical table 20. In addition, the operation panel 5 may include a touch panel that can be pressed by an operator.
  • the apparatus stand 80 is provided with a speaker 6.
  • the speaker 6 outputs the diagnostic information output by the control device 100 by voice.
  • the diagnostic information is, for example, oral diagnosis results, treatment policies, treatment contents, or auxiliary information for deriving these.
  • the device stand 80 is provided with a monitor 8.
  • the monitor 8 displays the diagnostic information output by the control device 100 as an image and is used for explanation to a patient or for displaying diagnostic information and a diagnostic result to an operator.
  • the device table 80 is provided with a movable medical table 10. Specifically, an arm 64 that can be moved and adjusted in the horizontal direction is connected to the rotating portion 65 provided on the upper surface of the apparatus base 80. An arm 62 that can be adjusted in the vertical direction is connected to the arm 64 via a joint portion 63. The medical table 10 is connected to the distal end portion of the arm 62 by the connecting portion 61. The upper surface of the medical table 10 is kept horizontal. The arm 64 can be rotated in the horizontal direction by the rotating unit 65. The arm 62 is movable so that the position thereof can be adjusted in the horizontal direction or the vertical direction about the joint portion 63 as an axis. By moving the arm 64 and the arm 62 in this manner, the medical treatment table 10 can be moved closer to or away from the patient, and can be adjusted in the vertical direction.
  • the medical table 10 accommodates a plurality of medical instruments 30 inside. Each medical instrument 30 is driven based on the control of the control device 100.
  • the medical table 20 includes a headrest 21 that supports the patient's head that can be tilted and adjusted with respect to the backrest 22, a backrest 22 that supports the patient's back relative to the seat surface sheet 23, and a seat surface sheet 23 that supports the patient's buttocks. And a footrest 24 for supporting the patient's foot.
  • a headrest 21 that supports the patient's head that can be tilted and adjusted with respect to the backrest 22, a backrest 22 that supports the patient's back relative to the seat surface sheet 23, and a seat surface sheet 23 that supports the patient's buttocks.
  • a footrest 24 for supporting the patient's foot.
  • Each of the headrest 21, the backrest 22, the seat surface sheet 23, and the footrest 24 is driven based on the control of the control device 100.
  • the headrest 21, the backrest 22, the seat sheet 23, or the footrest 24 is driven by the control device 100, the position and posture of the medical table 20 are changed.
  • the foot controller 2 is connected to the clinic 20.
  • the foot controller 2 receives an operator's operation for driving the medical table 20 or the medical instrument 30.
  • an acceptance signal is input to the control device 100.
  • the control device 100 drives the medical table 20 or the medical device 30 based on the reception signal from the foot controller 2.
  • the surgeon can operate the foot controller 2 by stepping on it.
  • FIG. 3 is a view showing the operation of the arm main body 40 stored in the medical care table 10.
  • a plurality of arm main bodies 40 as shown in FIG. 3 are accommodated in the medical table 10, and each of the plurality of arm main bodies 40 holds a medical instrument 30 at the tip.
  • Each arm body 40 is provided with a supply passage for a medium (electricity, air, water, light, laser, etc.) for driving various medical instruments 30.
  • the supply passage is not limited to the one provided in the arm main body 40, and may be provided along the outside of the arm main body 40.
  • an individual supply path corresponding to the type of medium and supply conditions may be provided in the arm body 40.
  • the rear of the arm body 40 is fixedly supported inside the medical table 10 constituting the housing, and various media as described above are passed through the supply passages arranged in the arms 62 and 64. Supplied to medical equipment.
  • the front opening of the medical table 10 may be closed with an open / close door so that the medical device 30 cannot be seen from the outside.
  • the arm main body 40 includes a telescopic arm 401 including three cylindrical arms 45, 46 and 47.
  • the three cylindrical arms 45, 46, and 47 are sequentially fitted so as to be movable in the horizontal direction and not to rotate with each other, thereby constituting the extendable arm 401.
  • FIG. 4 is a view showing the internal structure of the telescopic arm 401.
  • a guide groove 403 is formed in the horizontal direction in the first-stage cylindrical arm 45.
  • a guide groove 404 is formed in the horizontal direction in the second-stage cylindrical arm 46.
  • a guide piece 405 slidably engaged with a guide groove 403 formed in the first-stage cylindrical arm 47 is provided on the outer wall of the second-stage cylindrical arm 46.
  • a guide piece 406 slidably engaged with a guide groove 404 formed in the second-stage cylindrical arm 46 is provided on the outer wall of the third-stage cylindrical arm 47. Accordingly, the cylindrical arms 45, 46, 47 are prevented from rotating by the guide pieces 405, 406 engaged with the guide grooves 403, 404, respectively, and can move (expand / contract) only in the horizontal direction.
  • a telescopic screw shaft 407 including two screw shafts 408 and 418 is provided at the center inside the telescopic arm 401.
  • the telescopic screw shaft 407 is configured to fit on the outer periphery of the screw shaft 408 so that the screw shaft 418 is movable in the horizontal direction and does not rotate with each other.
  • the two screw shafts 408 and 418 are both ball screws, for example.
  • a key 409 is provided in the horizontal direction at the tip of the screw shaft 408.
  • a key groove 410 with which the key 409 engages is formed on the inner periphery of the screw shaft 418. The screw shafts 408 and 418 are prevented from rotating by the key 409 engaged with the key groove 410 and move (expand / contract) only in the horizontal direction.
  • a cylindrical body 411 is formed on the inner periphery of the screw shaft 418, in which a cutout for the keyway 410 is formed in the horizontal direction.
  • the telescopic screw shaft 407 is disposed in the telescopic arm 401 in the same horizontal direction as the shaft of the telescopic arm 401.
  • the base portion of the screw shaft 408 is rotatably supported by a shaft support portion 412 provided at the base portion of the cylindrical arm 45.
  • a bearing 413 that rotatably supports the screw shaft 408 is provided on the inner periphery of the shaft support portion 412.
  • the base of the cylindrical arm 46 is provided with a nut 414 that is screwed onto the screw shaft 408 and a shaft support 415 that rotatably supports the base of the screw shaft 418 fitted to the screw shaft 408.
  • a bearing 416 that rotatably supports the screw shaft 418 is provided on the inner periphery of the shaft support portion 415.
  • a nut 417 that is screwed onto the screw shaft 418 is provided at the base of the cylindrical arm 47.
  • the nuts 414 and 417 screwed into the screw shafts 408 and 418 are, for example, ball nuts.
  • the nut 414 supported by the second-stage cylindrical arm 46 via the shaft support portion 415 changes the rotational force of the screw shaft 408 as the first-stage rotation shaft member into a linear motion, and thus the second-stage cylindrical arm.
  • the arm 46 is moved forward or backward.
  • the nut 417 supported by the third-stage cylindrical arm 47 advances the third-stage cylindrical arm 47 by changing the rotational force of the screw shaft 418 as the second-stage rotation shaft member to linear motion. Or retreat.
  • a driving unit 428 for rotating the screw shaft 408 is provided at the rear end of the telescopic arm 401.
  • Drive unit 428 includes a motor 419, pulleys 420 and 421, and a timing belt 422.
  • a telescopic arm 401 when the screw shaft 408 at the base end of the telescopic screw shaft 407 is rotated in one direction by driving the drive unit 418, the second stage is generated by the rotation of the nut 414 screwed to the screw shaft 408.
  • the cylindrical arm 46 advances.
  • the screw shaft 418 whose base is supported by the shaft support 415 provided on the cylindrical arm 46 also advances together with the cylindrical arm 46.
  • the rotation of the screw shaft 408 is transmitted to the screw shaft 418 by the key 409 of the screw shaft 408 engaged with the key groove 410 formed on the inner periphery.
  • the screw shaft 418 rotates integrally with the screw shaft 408 while moving forward together with the second-stage cylindrical arm 46.
  • the third-stage cylindrical arm 47 advances by the rotation of the nut 417 screwed into the screw shaft 418.
  • the screw shaft 408 is rotated in the opposite direction, the second-stage cylindrical arm 46 and the third-stage cylindrical arm 47 are simultaneously retracted.
  • the second-stage cylindrical arm 46 and the third-stage cylindrical arm 47 of the telescopic arm 401 are synchronized and the same. Move forward a distance. As a result, the telescopic arm 401 extends, and the arm body 40 protrudes from the medical table 10.
  • the second-stage cylindrical arm 46 and the third-stage cylindrical arm 47 are synchronously moved backward by the same distance. As a result, the telescopic arm 401 is reduced, and the arm unit main body 40 is stored in the medical table 10 in a compact manner.
  • the cylindrical arms 45, 46, and 47 constituting the telescopic arm 401 are formed in a coaxial shape, but may be formed in a rectangular tube shape.
  • the telescopic arm 401 is not limited to the one constituted by the three cylindrical arms 45, 46, 47, but may be constituted by two or four or more cylindrical arms.
  • the cylindrical arm 46 is accommodated in the cylindrical arm 45 or protrudes from the cylindrical arm 45 based on the expansion / contraction part 37 by the expansion / contraction operation described in FIG.
  • the cylindrical arm 47 is accommodated in the cylindrical arm 46 or protrudes from the cylindrical arm 46 with the expansion / contraction part 36 as a reference.
  • the telescopic arm 401 expands and contracts in the horizontal direction by such expansion and contraction by the cylindrical arms 46 and 47.
  • FIG. 3A when the telescopic arm 401 is completely contracted, the arm body 40 is completely stored in the medical table 10.
  • FIGS. 3B to 3D when the telescopic arm 401 is extended, the arm main body 40 protrudes from the medical treatment table 10.
  • a cylindrical arm 44 is connected to the cylindrical arm 47 via a drive unit 35.
  • the drive unit 35 is, for example, a motor. As shown in FIG. 3B, when the rotary shaft 35a rotates, the cylindrical arm 44 rotates in the circumferential direction with respect to the cylindrical arm 47. .
  • a cylindrical arm 43 is connected to the cylindrical arm 44 via a drive unit 34.
  • the drive unit 34 is a motor, and when the rotation shaft 34a rotates, the arm 43 rotates in a direction perpendicular to the cylindrical arm 44.
  • the arm 42 is connected to the cylindrical arm 43 via the telescopic part 33. As shown in FIG. 3B, the arm 42 is housed in the cylindrical arm 43 or protrudes from the cylindrical arm 43 with reference to the stretchable portion 33.
  • the arm 42 is connected to the arm 42 via the drive unit 32.
  • the drive unit 32 is, for example, a motor. As shown in FIG. 3C, when the rotary shaft 32a rotates, the arm 41 rotates in a direction perpendicular to the arm 42.
  • the medical instrument 30 is connected to the connection portion 31 of the arm 41.
  • the connection portion 31 includes a motor (not shown). As shown in FIG. 3D, when the rotation shaft 31a rotates, the medical instrument 30 rotates in the circumferential direction with respect to the arm 41. Since the rotating shaft 34a and the rotating shaft 32a are disposed at an angle different by 90 degrees, when one arm bends in the horizontal direction, the other arm is configured to bend in the vertical direction.
  • the medical table 10 stores a plurality of arm main bodies 40 that hold the medical instrument 30 at the connection portion 31, and each arm main body 40 is expanded and contracted in the longitudinal direction, bent in the longitudinal direction, Further, rotation in the circumferential direction with respect to the longitudinal direction is possible.
  • the medical device 1 can move the medical device 30 closer to or away from the patient's oral cavity by driving the plurality of arm main bodies 40 in this way, and the medical device 30 is disposed at an appropriate position according to the treatment content. can do.
  • the arm part main body 40 can hold
  • the medical device 1 can drive the arm main body 40 to move the oral camera 55 closer to or away from the patient's oral cavity, and can place the oral camera 55 at an appropriate position according to the treatment content.
  • the arm main body 40 is not limited to the one that holds the medical instrument 30 or the oral camera 55 in the connection part 31, and may be one that incorporates the medical instrument 30 or the oral camera 55 in the distal end portion. Further, the medical device 30 held by the arm main body 40 may incorporate an imaging element (corresponding to the oral camera 55).
  • Each arm part main body 40 may be capable of at least one of expansion and contraction in the longitudinal direction, bending in the longitudinal direction, and rotation in the circumferential direction with respect to the longitudinal direction, and operations other than these may be possible. .
  • each arm portion main body 40 is not limited to a motor, and may be performed by a driving force of a hydraulic piston or a pneumatic piston.
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an outline of the internal configuration of the medical device 1. As shown in FIG. 5, in the medical device 1, a plurality of types of devices are connected to the control device 100.
  • the control device 100 includes a medical table 20, a foot controller 2, a speaker 6, a monitor 8, a bird's-eye camera 9, a surgical light 7, a microphone 4, a medical table 10, a communication interface 50, and an operation.
  • Panel 5 is connected.
  • devices other than these devices may be connected to the control device 100, and for example, a basin unit for a patient to gargle may be connected.
  • the basin unit may be integrated with the device base 80.
  • the medical table 10 includes a plurality of arm main bodies 40 to which a medical instrument 30 is connected.
  • a medical instrument 30a which is an air turbine handpiece
  • a medical instrument 30b which is an air turbine handpiece different from the medical instrument 30a
  • a medical instrument 30c which is a micromotor handpiece
  • a medical instrument 30d which is a scaler
  • a medical instrument 30e which is a three-way syringe, is connected to the arm main body 40e.
  • the medical instrument 30 may be a noninvasive medical instrument such as a dental mirror, a vacuum syringe, or a three-way syringe.
  • the medical device 30 may be an invasive medical device such as an air turbine handpiece, a micromotor handpiece, or a laser handpiece.
  • the medical instrument 30 is an air turbine handpiece or micromotor handpiece for cutting teeth, a scaler handpiece for removing calculus, a laser handpiece, a root canal treatment motor, or an air motor handpiece. May be.
  • the medical instrument 30 may be a vacuum handpiece that discharges saliva or blood in the oral cavity, a photopolymerization irradiator, a filling device, a tooth surface cleaner, a powder injector, or a dental mirror.
  • the mouth camera 55 is connected to the arm body 40f among the plurality of arm bodies 40.
  • the oral camera 55 images the patient's oral cavity.
  • Data based on the oral image acquired by the oral camera 55 (also referred to as oral image data) is input to the control device 100.
  • the oral camera 55 according to the present embodiment is a three-dimensional oral scanner that images the oral cavity in three dimensions, but may be an optical camera that captures the oral cavity in two dimensions.
  • focusing method, confocal method, triangulation method, white interference method, stereo method, photogrammetry method, SLAM method (Simultaneous Localization and Mapping) Examples include optical coherence tomography (OCT).
  • the oral camera 55 may be a fluorescent camera that receives a light source that emits light of a specific wavelength through a filter.
  • an optical camera such as the oral camera 55 according to the present embodiment, but also an oral image captured by an X-ray apparatus may be input to the control device 100. That is, the oral image acquired by the control device 100 may be either an optical image or an X-ray image.
  • the X-ray image may be not only a simple transmission X-ray image but also an X-ray panoramic tomographic image, an X-ray planar tomographic image, an X-ray CT image, an X-ray volume image, and the like.
  • the communication interface 50 communicates with the external server 1000 by wired communication or wireless communication.
  • the external server 1000 communicates with devices arranged in various facilities connected to the external server 1000 via a network.
  • the external server 1000 communicates with a device disposed in a medical institution such as a university hospital, dental university, general medical university, dental clinic, internal medicine clinic, obstetrics and gynecology clinic, orthopedic clinic, or pharmacy.
  • the external server 1000 communicates with not only the medical device 1 but also other medical devices that perform dental diagnosis. That is, a plurality of medical devices 1 are connected to the external server 1000 via the network.
  • the medical devices 1 connected via a network may be arranged in the same hospital or in different hospitals.
  • the external server 1000 may be arranged in the hospital or outside the hospital.
  • each of a plurality of medical apparatuses 1 is connected to the external server 1000 via a network, and the external server 1000 is located at a remote location different from the hospital where any of the medical apparatuses 1 is arranged. It may be an existing cloud computer.
  • the external server 1000 accumulates and stores the oral image data of the patient who uses each medical device 1 connected via the network as the disease image data.
  • the external server 1000 accumulates and stores diagnosis information of patients who use each medical device 1 as disease information.
  • the external server 1000 may store disease images presented in academic societies and the like, and disease images described in academic journals and textbooks in the dentistry and oral surgery fields. Information related to dental diagnosis such as disease image data and disease information is referred to as dental information.
  • the external server 1000 stores the dental information in association with an ID for identifying the patient and information related to the patient (also referred to as patient information).
  • the dental information for each patient stored in the external server 1000 becomes so-called big data by accumulating new dental information output from each medical device 1 connected via the network.
  • the ID for identifying a patient may be, for example, an insurance card number or a personal number assigned to each citizen, and an identification assigned to a patient using a medical institution connected via a network. It may be a number.
  • the patient name When connecting via a network, the patient name may be hidden, anonymized or encrypted in consideration of protection of the patient's personal information.
  • the external server 1000 communicates with a device arranged in a medical institution such as a dental clinic or an internal medicine clinic, so that past diagnosis results such as medical records and examination results of patients diagnosed in these medical institutions, patient constitutions, and the like. Or accumulate and store information such as medications for the patient. Information regarding these medical diagnoses is referred to as medical information.
  • the external server 1000 stores the acquired medical information in association with the ID and patient information for identifying the patient described above.
  • new medical information is accumulated every time a patient is diagnosed or a medicine is prescribed in a medical institution, and the accumulated medical information becomes so-called big data.
  • FIGS. 6 and 7 are block diagrams showing an outline of the internal configuration of the control device 100.
  • the control device 100 has a plurality of types of functional units that perform control based on a plurality of types of data stored in the storage unit 160.
  • Each function part which control device 100 has is realized by CPU (Central Processing Unit), for example.
  • the storage unit 160 is realized by a memory such as a ROM (Read Only Memory) and a RAM (Random Access Memory).
  • the control device 100 includes a table control unit 110.
  • the table control unit 110 drives the medical care table 10 based on the table control data stored in the storage unit 160.
  • the table control data includes data for driving the medical care table 10 based on the diagnostic information created by the diagnostic unit 170 and stored in the storage unit 160.
  • the control device 100 includes an arm control unit 111.
  • the arm control unit 111 drives each arm unit body 40 based on the arm control data stored in the storage unit 160.
  • the arm control data includes data for driving each arm body 40 based on the diagnosis information created by the diagnosis unit 170 and stored in the storage unit 160. For example, in the arm control data, the type of the arm body 40 used along the treatment content, the order of the arm body 40 used along the treatment content, and the arm body driven along the treatment content 40 drive data and the like are included.
  • the arm control unit 111 determines the use order of the arm main bodies 40 based on the treatment content based on the arm control data.
  • the arm control unit 111 changes at least one of the position and posture of each arm body 40 according to the determined order.
  • the control device 100 includes a medical instrument control unit 131.
  • the medical instrument control unit 131 drives each medical instrument 30 based on the medical instrument control data stored in the storage unit 160.
  • the medical instrument control data includes data for driving each medical instrument 30 based on the diagnostic information created by the diagnostic unit 170 and stored in the storage unit 160.
  • the medical instrument control data is prepared for each type of medical instrument 30 connected to the control device 100. For example, in the medical instrument control data, the type of the medical instrument 30 used along the treatment content, the order of the medical instrument 30 used along the treatment content, and the driving of the medical instrument 30 driven along the treatment content Data (drive control data corresponding to the type of the medical instrument 30, various types of setting values such as the type of cutting tool, the number of rotations, the rotation speed, the rotation direction, and the rotation pattern).
  • the medical instrument control unit 131 determines the order of use of the respective medical instruments 30 along the treatment content based on the medical instrument control data.
  • the medical instrument control unit 131 drives each medical instrument 30 in an appropriate state according to the determined order.
  • the medical instrument control unit 131 acquires data such as the type, position, posture, or driving state of each connected medical instrument 30 as medical instrument state data.
  • the acquired medical device state data is stored in the storage unit 160 for each type of the medical device 30.
  • the control device 100 can grasp the type, position, posture, and driving state of each medical instrument 30 based on the medical instrument state data stored in the storage unit 160.
  • the medical instrument control data includes drive data based on abnormality information described later.
  • the control device 100 includes a clinical table control unit 120.
  • the clinical table control unit 120 drives the clinical table 20 based on the clinical table control data stored in the storage unit 160.
  • the clinical table control data includes data for driving the clinical table based on the diagnostic information created by the diagnostic unit 170 and stored in the storage unit 160.
  • the clinical table control data is prepared for each type of the clinical table 20 connected to the control device 100.
  • the clinical table control unit 120 is configured so that the position or posture of the clinical table 20 is in line with the treatment content based on the treatment site and the treatment table control data so that the patient can take an optimal posture according to the treatment site in the oral cavity. To change.
  • the medical table control unit 120 acquires data such as the type, position, or posture of the medical table 20 as medical table state data and stores the data in the storage unit 160.
  • the control device 100 can grasp the type, position, and posture of the medical table 20 based on the medical table status data stored in the storage unit 160.
  • the medical table control data includes drive data based on abnormality information described later.
  • the control device 100 has an oral image acquisition unit 140.
  • the oral image acquisition unit 140 acquires the oral image of the patient acquired by the oral camera 55.
  • the oral image acquisition unit 140 calculates the feature amount of the tooth and the feature amount of the periodontal tissue based on the acquired oral image, and stores the data in the storage unit 160 as oral image data.
  • the oral image acquisition unit 140 is not limited to acquiring an oral image from the oral camera 55 held by the arm main body 40, and may acquire an oral image from a camera other than the oral camera 55.
  • the oral cavity image acquisition unit 140 may acquire an oral X-ray image captured by an X-ray device as an oral cavity image.
  • the oral cavity image acquisition part 140 may acquire the tomographic plane image of the oral cavity image
  • the control device 100 includes a dental information acquisition unit 141.
  • the dental information acquisition unit 141 acquires dental information (disease image data, disease information, etc.) acquired from the external server 1000 via the communication interface 50 and stores it in the storage unit 160.
  • the control device 100 includes a medical information acquisition unit 142.
  • the medical information acquisition unit 142 acquires medical information acquired from the external server 1000 via the communication interface 50 and stores it in the storage unit 160.
  • the control device 100 has an artificial intelligence unit 180.
  • the artificial intelligence unit 180 is also referred to as a machine learning unit or a deep learning unit, and updates diagnostic reference data by machine learning or deep learning based on dental information stored in the storage unit 160.
  • the diagnosis reference data is data used when the diagnosis unit 170 diagnoses the oral cavity of the patient, and is stored in a diagnosis reference table (table shown in FIG. 12 described later) in the storage unit 160.
  • the artificial intelligence unit 180 updates the related information data by machine learning or deep learning based on medical information stored in the storage unit 160, existing papers or academic society data, and the like.
  • the related information data includes related information such as precautions considering medical diagnosis when performing a dental diagnosis, and is stored in a related information table (table in FIG. 16 described later) in the storage unit 160.
  • the diagnosis unit 170 diagnoses the oral cavity of the patient based on the oral image data stored in the storage unit 160 and the diagnostic reference data stored in the storage unit 160. Furthermore, the diagnosis unit 170 performs a final dental diagnosis based on the diagnosis result and the related information stored in the storage unit 160, and outputs the diagnosis information.
  • the diagnostic information output by the diagnostic unit 170 is stored in the storage unit 160.
  • the control device 100 includes an overhead image acquisition unit 109.
  • the overhead image acquisition unit 109 acquires the overhead image data acquired by the overhead camera 9 and stores the acquired overhead image data in the storage unit 160.
  • the control device 100 includes a voice acquisition unit 104.
  • the sound acquisition unit 104 acquires the sound data acquired by the microphone 4 and stores it in the storage unit 160.
  • the control device 100 includes an audio output unit 106 that controls the speaker 6.
  • the audio output unit 106 causes the speaker 6 to output the diagnostic information stored in the storage unit 160 with audio.
  • the control device 100 includes a display unit 108 that controls the monitor 8.
  • the display unit 108 displays the diagnostic information stored in the storage unit 160 on the monitor 8 as an image.
  • the control device 100 has an abnormality detection unit 119.
  • the abnormality detection unit 119 detects a patient abnormality based on the bird's-eye view image data and audio data stored in the storage unit 160.
  • the abnormality detection unit 119 causes the storage unit 160 to store abnormality information that can identify the patient abnormality.
  • the abnormality detection unit 119 analyzes the posture of the patient sitting on the medical table 20 based on the overhead image data.
  • the storage unit 160 stores a plurality of data indicating the normal posture of the patient in advance.
  • the storage unit 160 stores data related to the positions of the limbs (both hands and both feet) of a patient who is seated in a normal posture on the examination table 20.
  • the abnormality detection unit 119 detects the position of the patient's limbs (both hands and feet) by analyzing the posture of the patient sitting on the medical table 20.
  • the abnormality detection unit 119 compares the detected position of the patient's limb with the position of the patient's limb seated in a normal posture on the medical table 20 stored in the storage unit 160 in advance. It is determined whether or not the posture of the patient seated in is abnormal. In this way, the abnormality detection unit 119 detects the abnormal posture of the patient.
  • the abnormality detection unit 119 detects an abnormality such as the patient feeling excessive pain by recognizing the facial expression and body movement of the patient being treated based on the overhead image data. Furthermore, the abnormality detection unit 119 detects an abnormality such as the patient seeking to stop treatment by recognizing the sound of the patient being treated based on the sound data.
  • the abnormality information output by the abnormality detection unit 119 in this way is the table control unit 110, the arm unit control unit 111, the medical table control unit 120, the medical instrument control unit 131, the audio output unit 106, and the display unit 108, respectively. Referenced by.
  • the table control unit 110 moves the medical table 10 based on the abnormality information stored in the storage unit 160 so as to keep the medical device 30 away from the patient's oral cavity.
  • the arm control unit 111 moves the arm main body 40 so as to keep the medical instrument 30 away from the oral cavity of the patient.
  • the clinical table control unit 120 returns the patient to a normal posture by changing the position and posture of the medical table 20 based on the abnormality information stored in the storage unit 160.
  • the medical instrument control unit 131 removes the patient's abnormality by, for example, stopping the driving of the medical instrument 30.
  • the sound output unit 106 causes the speaker 6 to output the abnormality information stored in the storage unit 160 with sound.
  • the display unit 108 displays the abnormality information stored in the storage unit 160 on the monitor 8 as an image.
  • the control device 100 includes a panel control unit 105.
  • the panel control unit 105 controls lighting and display of the operation panel 5 based on an operation performed on the operation panel 5 by the operator.
  • the control device 100 has a surgical light control unit 107.
  • the operating light control unit 107 controls lighting of the operating light 7 and the like.
  • each medical device 1 arranged in a plurality of dental clinics is connected to an external server 1000 via a network.
  • the external server 1000 acquires the oral image acquired at the time of past diagnosis from each medical device 1, stores this as a disease image, and stores the diagnostic information at that time as disease information.
  • the dental information (disease image data, disease information, etc.) stored in the external server 1000 in this way is accumulated daily and becomes so-called big data.
  • Each diagnostic device 1 updates the diagnostic reference data based on the disease image data acquired from the external server 1000 when diagnosing the patient, and performs a dental diagnosis based on the oral image data of the patient using it.
  • the diagnostic information in the dental diagnosis is stored in the external server 1000 together with the oral image data.
  • This diagnostic information may be corrected by the surgeon. In this case, the corrected diagnostic information is output to the external server 1000 together with the oral image data.
  • the disease information accumulated in the external server 1000 in this way is sometimes diagnostic information by the diagnostic unit 170 of each medical device 1 and sometimes diagnostic information corrected by the surgeon.
  • Each diagnostic device 1 can output more accurate diagnostic information as the diagnosis is performed by updating the diagnostic reference data every time the diagnosis is repeated using big data accumulated every day.
  • the control apparatus 100 with which the medical treatment apparatus 1 is provided has a computer which bears artificial intelligence or the intelligence corresponding to it.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram for explaining a dental information table stored in the external server 1000.
  • the dental information table stored in the external server 1000 includes an ID for identifying a patient for each patient using a plurality of dental clinics such as Clinic A, Clinic B, and Clinic C.
  • the disease image data and the disease information are stored in association with the patient information.
  • the various types of information stored in the dental information table shown in FIG. 8 are examples, and the dental information table stores past disease image data and disease information accumulated for each patient.
  • the dental information table is not limited to storing dental information for each dental clinic, and dental information may be stored for each patient ID.
  • Patient information includes clinic name, age, gender, and whether or not smoking is present.
  • the patient information may include information other than these, such as hospital history.
  • the disease image data includes the feature amount of the tooth and the feature amount of the periodontal tissue.
  • the feature amount of the tooth and the feature amount of the periodontal tissue will be described with reference to FIG.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram showing a three-dimensional image and an X-ray image of the oral cavity acquired by a 3D scanner such as a three-dimensional oral scanner.
  • FIG. 9A shows an oral image represented by a three-dimensional image.
  • FIG. 9B shows an oral image represented by an X-ray image.
  • caries 610 occurs in the teeth
  • periodontal disease 620 occurs in the periodontal tissue.
  • the feature amount of the tooth is calculated.
  • the tooth in which the caries 610 is generated tends to be missing and the surface color becomes darker than the vicinity. Therefore, as a method of identifying a tooth that may have caries 610, first, a portion where the color of the tooth is changed is identified based on a three-dimensional image or an X-ray image, and the shape of the portion is determined. The feature amount of the color is calculated.
  • the depth (denoted as V) of the missing portion of the tooth As shown in FIGS. 9A and 9B, in the present embodiment, as the feature amount of the tooth, the depth (denoted as V) of the missing portion of the tooth, the lightness and saturation of the tooth surface. (Denoted as W).
  • Periodontal tissue in which periodontal disease 620 has occurred tends to swell and the surface color tends to be more reddish than the color of the surrounding periodontal tissue. Therefore, as a method for identifying the periodontal tissue in which periodontal disease 620 may occur, first, a portion where the color of the periodontal tissue is discolored is identified based on a three-dimensional image or an X-ray image. Then, the feature amount of the shape and color of the portion is calculated.
  • periodontal tissue that may be swollen is identified by comparing the past image data with the current image data. Also good.
  • the degree of swelling of the periodontal tissue (denoted as X) and the lightness of the surface of the periodontal tissue And the saturation (denoted Y).
  • the tooth in which the caries has occurred or the periodontal tissue in which the periodontal disease has occurred may be specified only from the three-dimensional image acquired by the oral camera 55, or the X-ray acquired by the X-ray apparatus. You may identify only from an image.
  • a tooth in which caries has occurred or a periodontal tissue in which periodontal disease has occurred is identified from both the three-dimensional image acquired by the oral camera 55 and the X-ray image acquired by the X-ray apparatus. May be.
  • the tooth in which the caries has occurred is specified only from the X-ray image acquired by the X-ray apparatus, and the periodontal tissue in which the periodontal disease has occurred is determined only from the three-dimensional image acquired by the oral camera 55. It may be specified or vice versa.
  • the feature values (V, W) of the tooth and the feature values (X, Y) of the periodontal tissue as described above are stored as disease image data for each patient. Stored.
  • the disease information stored in the dental information table includes caries-related disease information and periodontal disease-related disease information.
  • the caries-related disease information includes the presence or absence of caries, the progress of caries, and the caries treatment method.
  • Periodontal disease-related disease information includes the presence or absence of periodontal disease, the type of periodontal disease, and the treatment method for periodontal disease.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining disease information.
  • FIG. 10 (A) shows a list summarizing caries-related disease information.
  • FIG. 10 (A) shows a list summarizing caries-related disease information.
  • diagnosis 1 no caries is set, and the degree of progression and the treatment method are not set.
  • diagnosis 2 caries is set to be present, the degree of progression is set to C0 having the lightest symptom, and the treatment method is set to treatment 0.
  • diagnosis 3 caries is set to be present, the degree of progression is set to C1, and the treatment method is set to treatment 1.
  • the diagnosis 4 the caries is set to be present, the progress is set to C2, and the treatment method is set to the treatment 2.
  • diagnosis 5 the presence of caries is set, the degree of progression is set to C3, and the treatment method is set to treatment 3.
  • diagnosis 6 the caries is set to be present, the progress is set to C4 having the most severe symptom, and the treatment method is set to the treatment 4.
  • Diagnosis 1 to Diagnosis 6 information on whether or not tooth extraction is required during treatment is set. For example, in diagnosis 1 to diagnosis 4, information is set that tooth extraction is not required because caries are mild. In diagnosis 5, tooth extraction is not necessarily required, but since caries has progressed to some extent, information indicating that it is better to perform tooth extraction for early treatment or more reliable treatment is set. In the diagnosis 6, since the caries is severe, information indicating that tooth extraction is required is set.
  • FIG. 10 (B) shows a list summarizing periodontal disease related disease information.
  • diagnosis information of periodontology-related disease information is provided in six stages of diagnosis a to diagnosis f.
  • diagnosis a periodontal disease is set to no, and the type and treatment method are not set.
  • diagnosis b periodontal disease is set to be present, the type is set to gingivitis a having the least symptom, and the treatment method is set to treatment a.
  • diagnosis c periodontal disease is set to be present, the type is set to gingivitis b, and the treatment method is set to treatment b.
  • diagnosis d periodontal disease is set to be present, the type is set to periodontitis A, and the treatment method is set to treatment A.
  • diagnosis e periodontal disease is set to be present, the type is set to periodontitis B, and the treatment method is set to treatment B.
  • diagnosis f periodontal disease is set to be present, the type is set to periodontitis C with the most severe symptoms, and the treatment method is set to treatment C.
  • Diagnosis a to Diagnosis f information on whether or not tooth extraction is required during treatment is set. For example, in diagnosis a to diagnosis d, information indicating that tooth extraction is not necessary because periodontal disease is mild is set. In the diagnosis e, tooth extraction is not necessarily required, but since periodontal disease has progressed to some extent, information is set that it is better to perform tooth extraction for early treatment or more reliable treatment. In diagnosis f, since periodontal disease is severe, information indicating that tooth extraction is required is set.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining the disease image related table and the oral image related table stored in the medical device 1.
  • FIG. 11A is a diagram for explaining a disease image related table stored in the medical device 1 of the clinic A.
  • the disease image related table stored in the medical device 1 identifies a patient for each patient using a plurality of dental clinics such as Clinic A, Clinic B, and Clinic C.
  • the disease image data and the disease information are stored in association with the ID and the patient information.
  • the control device 100 of the medical device 1 acquires the disease image related table from the external server 1000 and stores it.
  • the disease information corresponding to the patient of the clinic A is past diagnosis information in the clinic A where the medical device 1 is installed.
  • the disease information corresponding to each patient at clinic B and clinic C is past diagnostic information at clinic B and clinic C, respectively. That is, the medical device 1 of the clinic A refers to the disease image related table acquired from the external server 1000, and identifies patient information, disease image data, and disease information of patients in other clinics including the clinic A. Can do.
  • FIG. 11 (B) is a diagram for explaining an oral image related table stored in the medical device 1 of the clinic A.
  • the oral image related table stored in the medical device 1 is associated with the ID and patient information of the patient who uses the medical device 1, and the oral image data and the diagnostic information. And are stored.
  • Patient information includes clinic name, age, gender, and whether or not smoking is present.
  • the oral image data includes the feature amount of the tooth and the feature amount of the periodontal tissue.
  • the diagnosis information includes caries-related information and periodontal disease-related information.
  • the caries-related information includes the presence or absence of caries, the progress of caries, and the caries treatment method.
  • Periodontal disease-related information includes the presence or absence of periodontal disease, the type of periodontal disease, and the treatment method for periodontal disease.
  • the caries-related diagnosis information is classified as diagnosis 2 in the disease information
  • the periodontal disease-related diagnosis information is classified as diagnosis e in the disease information.
  • the latest patient information, oral related data, and diagnostic information regarding one patient are always stored, and when such information is newly acquired by the control device 100, the oral image related table is stored in the oral image related table. Updated. When new patient information, oral cavity related data, and diagnostic information are acquired, at this point, these pieces of information are output from the control device 100 to the external server 1000 and stored in the disease image related table of the external server 1000. That is, the diagnosis information of the patient diagnosed by the medical device 1 of the clinic A is stored in the oral image related table of the medical device 1 while being stored in the disease image related table of the external server 1000.
  • the latest image data of the patient is always stored in the oral image related table, and the past data is externally stored. It is transmitted to the server 1000 and stored in the disease image related table of the external server 1000.
  • Each medical device 1 of each clinic acquires patient information, oral cavity related data, and diagnostic information in all the medical devices 1 connected via the network by acquiring the disease image related table from the external server 1000. Can do.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining a diagnostic reference table stored in the medical device 1.
  • the diagnostic criteria table stores diagnostic criteria data for diagnosing the oral cavity based on the patient's oral image.
  • FIG. 12 (A) shows a diagnostic criteria table for diagnosing caries.
  • This diagnostic criterion table is created by the control device 100 based on the disease image data (tooth feature amount) and the disease information (caries related) included in the disease image related table shown in FIG.
  • the diagnosis reference table in the map showing the correspondence between the feature amount (V) of the tooth shape and the feature amount (W) of the tooth color, the diagnosis 1 to Any diagnosis category of diagnosis 6 is assigned.
  • the greater the feature amount (V) of the tooth shape the more severe the diagnosis category is assigned, and the greater the tooth color feature (W), the more severe the diagnosis category is assigned.
  • Data represented by such mapping corresponds to diagnostic reference data. That is, the diagnostic reference data includes data indicating a correspondence relationship between the feature amount of the tooth in the disease image and the disease information regarding the tooth.
  • control apparatus 100 is shown to (a) of FIG. 12 (A) based on the disease image data and disease information of a non-smoker among the disease image data and disease information included in the disease image association table. Create a diagnostic criteria table.
  • the control device 100 generates a diagnostic criteria table shown in FIG. 12A (b) based on the disease image data and disease information of the smoker among the disease image data and disease information included in the disease image association table. create.
  • the feature amount (W) of the tooth color is larger than the diagnostic reference data for non-smokers.
  • the threshold is loose.
  • diagnosis 3 Is assigned, whereas diagnosis 2 is assigned for smokers. This is due to the degree of discoloration of the teeth due to the presence or absence of smoking.
  • FIG. 12 (B) shows a diagnostic criteria table for diagnosing periodontal disease.
  • This diagnostic reference table is created by the control device 100 based on the disease image data (periodontal tissue feature amount) and disease information (periodontal disease related) included in the disease image related table shown in FIG. Is done.
  • the diagnostic reference table includes a map representing the correspondence between the feature amount (X) of the periodontal tissue shape and the feature amount (Y) of the color of the periodontal tissue. Any one of diagnosis a to diagnosis f is assigned. For example, the greater the feature amount (X) of the periodontal tissue shape, the more severe the diagnosis category is assigned, and the greater the periodontal color feature amount (Y), the more severe the diagnosis category. Is assigned. Data represented by such mapping corresponds to diagnostic reference data. That is, the diagnostic reference data includes data indicating the correspondence between the feature amount of the periodontal tissue in the disease image and the disease information related to the periodontal tissue.
  • the control device 100 updates the diagnostic reference data shown in FIG. 12 every time the latest disease image association table is acquired from the external server 1000.
  • update of the diagnostic reference data is included in the machine learning or deep learning of the control device 100.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram for explaining the diagnosis of caries.
  • FIG. 13 (A) shows a graph showing the diagnosis of caries in the case of a non-smoker.
  • FIG. 13B shows a graph showing the diagnosis of caries in the case of a smoker.
  • the horizontal axis corresponds to the feature amount (V) of the tooth shape according to the diagnostic criteria table shown in FIGS. 12 (A) and 12 (b).
  • the vertical axis corresponds to the feature amount (W) of the tooth color.
  • a broken line on the graph is a boundary that divides assigned diagnosis 1 to diagnosis 6.
  • learning data is arranged in the diagnosis category to which each patient is assigned based on the dental feature amount and caries-related disease information of each patient stored in the disease image-related table shown in FIG. Is done.
  • the diagnostic reference data shown in (a) and (b) of FIG. 12A is updated by machine learning or deep learning of the control device 100
  • the broken line on the graph moves.
  • the diagnosis division to which the learning data arranged on the graph is assigned may change. That is, by storing the disease image data (tooth feature amount) and the disease information (caries related) included in the disease image related table of the control apparatus 100 shown in FIG. Since the population to be used increases, the control device 100 can accurately diagnose caries. Furthermore, since the diagnostic reference data is updated each time diagnostic information is corrected by the operator, the control device 100 can more accurately diagnose caries.
  • the diagnostic criteria table shown in FIG. 12B is referred to.
  • the feature amount (V) of the tooth shape is V2 ⁇ Va ⁇ V3
  • the feature amount (W) of the tooth color is W2 ⁇ Wa ⁇ W3. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 13B, the diagnosis target data is arranged in the area of diagnosis 2 on the graph. Thereby, the control apparatus 100 outputs the diagnostic information included in the diagnosis 2 for the caries of the patient whose ID is “abc”.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining the diagnosis of periodontal disease.
  • FIG. 14 shows a graph representing the diagnosis of periodontal disease.
  • the horizontal axis corresponds to the feature quantity (X) of the periodontal tissue shape
  • the vertical axis represents the feature quantity (Y ).
  • a broken line on the graph is a boundary that divides assigned diagnosis a to diagnosis f.
  • learning is performed in the diagnosis category to which each patient is assigned based on the feature amount of the periodontal tissue and the periodontal disease-related disease information stored in the disease image-related table shown in FIG. Data is placed.
  • the diagnostic reference data shown in FIG. 12B is updated by machine learning or deep learning of the control device 100
  • the broken line on the graph moves.
  • the diagnosis division to which the learning data arranged on the graph is assigned may change. That is, by storing the disease image data (features of periodontal tissue) and disease information (periodontal related) included in the disease image related table of the control device 100 shown in FIG. Therefore, the control apparatus 100 can diagnose periodontal disease more accurately.
  • the diagnostic reference data is updated each time diagnostic information is corrected by the surgeon, the control device 100 can more accurately diagnose periodontal disease.
  • the diagnosis target data is arranged in the area of diagnosis e on the graph.
  • the control apparatus 100 outputs the diagnostic information contained in the diagnosis e about the periodontal disease of the patient whose ID is “abc”.
  • FIG. 15 is a diagram for explaining a medical information table stored in the external server 1000.
  • the medical information table stored in the external server 1000 identifies a patient for each patient using various medical institutions such as an internal medicine clinic, an obstetrics and gynecology clinic, or an orthopedic clinic.
  • the chart information is stored in association with the ID and the patient information.
  • the various information stored in the medical information table shown in FIG. 15 is an example, and the medical information table stores past medical information accumulated for each patient.
  • the medical information table is not limited to storing medical information for each medical institution, and medical information may be stored for each patient ID.
  • the medical information stored in the medical information table may be stored in the same table as the dental information stored in the dental information table shown in FIG. 8, and in that case, the medical information and the dental information are stored for each patient ID. Information may be stored.
  • Patient information includes clinic name, age, and gender.
  • the patient information may include information other than these, such as hospital history.
  • the medical record information includes the diagnosis result in the medical diagnosis performed at the medical institution and information on the prescription drug. For example, for a patient whose ID is “mno”, a diagnosis result indicating hyperglycemia is stored as medical information in the X internal medicine clinic. For a patient whose ID is “abc”, medical information is stored that indicates a diagnosis result of myocardial infarction at X medical clinic and that a large amount of an anticoagulant that inhibits blood coagulation is being taken. For a patient whose ID is “opq”, a diagnosis result indicating that the pregnancy is in the middle of pregnancy is stored as medical information in the Y obstetrics and gynecology clinic.
  • the medical information (medical chart information) shown in FIG. 15 is transmitted from each medical institution to the external server 1000 via the network as the diagnosis result of the patient diagnosed at each medical institution and medical information such as prescription drugs.
  • the external server 1000 stores the acquired medical information in association with an ID for identifying a patient and patient information.
  • the medical information stored in the external server 1000 in this way is accumulated daily and becomes so-called big data.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram for explaining a related information table stored in the medical device 1.
  • related information table related information related to precautions considering the medical diagnosis is stored so as to correspond to the result of the dental diagnosis performed based on the oral image and the diagnosis reference table shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 16A shows a caries-related related information table.
  • the diagnosis results performed on the caries are Diagnosis 1 to Diagnosis 4, there are no particular precautions taking medical diagnosis into consideration.
  • diagnosis result of the caries is diagnosis 5 or diagnosis 6, taking an anticoagulant is stipulated as a precaution.
  • an anticoagulant is a drug that inhibits blood coagulation, so that bleeding due to extraction is difficult to stop when a patient is taking a large amount.
  • diagnosis result diagnosis 5 or diagnosis 6
  • the caries portion is diagnosed as having a need for tooth extraction or having a possibility of requiring tooth extraction. Therefore, when the diagnosis result is diagnosis 5 or diagnosis 6, tooth extraction is impossible when the anticoagulant is taken in large amounts, and when the patient has a small amount of anticoagulant, pay special attention to bleeding, etc. It is stipulated as a precaution that tooth extraction is performed.
  • FIG. 16B shows a related information table related to periodontal disease.
  • diagnosis a when the diagnosis result performed for periodontal disease is diagnosis a, there are no particular precautions in consideration of medical diagnosis.
  • diagnosis results for periodontal disease are diagnosis b to diagnosis f, a disease caused by periodontal disease is defined as a precaution.
  • periodontal diseases such as arteriosclerosis and other vascular diseases, heart diseases, respiratory diseases such as pneumonia, premature birth of low-weight infants, or diabetes when periodontal disease bacteria enter the body.
  • diagnosis b to diagnosis f diagnosed as having periodontal disease body diseases that occur outside of the oral cavity are defined as precautions.
  • the medical device 1 determines one of the diagnostic categories by performing a dental diagnosis of the patient based on the oral image and the diagnostic criteria table, and then extracts the precautions corresponding to the determined diagnostic category from the related information table.
  • the medical device 1 acquires the medical information of the patient stored in the medical information table (FIG. 15) stored in the external server 1000, and the medical diagnosis corresponding to the precautions extracted from the related information table is given to the patient. If it has been performed, the diagnostic information in the dental diagnosis is output in consideration of the precautions.
  • the medical device 1 outputs diagnostic information including information indicating that treatment is performed without performing tooth extraction by performing a dental diagnosis in consideration of a medical diagnosis of a patient whose ID is “abc”. Then, the medical device 1 informs the monitor 8 or the speaker 6 of information indicating that treatment is performed without performing tooth extraction, or treats the medical table 20, each arm body 40, or each medical treatment so that treatment is performed without performing tooth extraction.
  • the instrument 30 is controlled.
  • the medical device 1 includes information indicating that arteriosclerosis or diabetes is likely to occur due to periodontal disease by performing a dental diagnosis in consideration of a medical diagnosis of a patient whose ID is “mno”. Output diagnostic information.
  • the medical device 1 then informs the monitor 8 or the speaker 6 that the arteriosclerosis or diabetes is likely to develop due to periodontal disease, or is likely to develop arteriosclerosis or diabetes due to periodontal disease.
  • the medical record information (table in FIG. 15) stored in the external server 1000 is notified to the X internal medicine clinic that performed the medical diagnosis or information that the arteriosclerosis and diabetes are likely to develop due to periodontal disease. ).
  • the diagnosis apparatus 1 includes a diagnosis including information indicating that it is likely to give birth to an early low-weight infant due to periodontal disease by performing a dental diagnosis in consideration of a medical diagnosis of a patient whose ID is “opq”. Output information. Then, the medical device 1 notifies the Y obstetrics and gynecology clinic that performed the medical diagnosis to the effect that it is easy for childbirth to occur early due to periodontal disease, or early low weight child due to periodontal disease. Information indicating that childbirth is likely to occur is stored in the chart information (table in FIG. 15) stored in the external server 1000.
  • the medical device 1 does not directly treat a patient, it can be applied to a device that supports an operator by outputting diagnostic information and controlling various devices based on the diagnostic information. .
  • the medical device 1 can be applied to a device that directly treats a living patient or a pseudo patient such as a human body model.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram for explaining the medical assistance process. In the following, each step being processed is simply abbreviated as “S”.
  • the medical device 1 acquires the patient's main complaint (S1). Specifically, the control device 100 of the medical device 1 acquires the patient's chief complaint from the microphone 4 by voice using the voice acquisition unit 104. As a patient's chief complaint, for example, the degree of tooth pain or a point where pain is felt is assumed. Moreover, patient information, such as age, sex, and the presence or absence of smoking, is assumed as a patient's main complaint, for example.
  • the medical device 1 acquires a patient's oral image (S2). Specifically, the control device 100 acquires an oral image from the oral camera 55 by the oral image acquisition unit 140. At this time, the control device 100 moves the oral camera 55 to the patient's mouth by driving the arm main body 40f by the arm control unit 111. The surgeon or assistant can hold the arm main body 40f moved near the patient's mouth and smoothly insert the oral camera 55 into the oral cavity. Alternatively, the control device 100 acquires an oral image from the X-ray device by the oral image acquisition unit 140. The oral image data is stored in the oral image related table shown in FIG.
  • the medical device 1 acquires disease images of patients in all the medical devices 1 connected via the network (S3).
  • the control device 100 acquires disease image data from the external server 1000 via the communication interface 50 by the dental information acquisition unit 141.
  • the disease image data is stored in the dental information table of the external server 1000 shown in FIG.
  • the disease image data is not image data representing the disease state itself, but a plurality of patients with a characteristic amount of a tooth that has been suspected of having caries in the past, and a history of suspected periodontal disease. It is a collection of feature values of the periodontal tissue. For this reason, it is possible to suppress the delay of data communication and to suppress an increase in data capacity as compared to acquiring the image data itself.
  • diagnostic reference data is provided according to the presence or absence of smoking, when the presence or absence of smoking is informed by the patient in the process of S1, only one of the smoker and the non-smoker What is necessary is just to acquire the disease image data. As a result, the delay in data communication can be suppressed, and the increase in data capacity can also be suppressed.
  • the medical device 1 acquires patient's disease information in all the medical devices 1 connected via the network (S4). Specifically, the control device 100 acquires disease information from the external server 1000 via the communication interface 50 by the dental information acquisition unit 141. The disease information is stored in the dental information table of the external server 1000 shown in FIG. Note that the medical device 1 only needs to acquire disease information corresponding to the disease image data acquired in S3.
  • the medical device 1 updates the diagnostic reference data by machine learning or deep learning (S5).
  • the control device 100 updates the diagnostic reference data stored in the storage unit 160 by the artificial intelligence unit 180.
  • the artificial intelligence unit 180 updates the diagnostic reference data stored in the diagnostic reference table shown in FIG. 12 based on the disease image data acquired in S3 and the disease information acquired in S4.
  • the medical device 1 extracts diagnostic information in the dental diagnosis based on the oral image and the diagnostic reference data (S6). Specifically, the control device 100 performs the dental diagnosis of the patient without considering the medical information for a while based on the oral image data acquired in S2 by the diagnosis unit 170 and the diagnostic reference data updated in S5. I do.
  • An example of the dental diagnosis is as described with reference to FIGS. 13 and 14.
  • the medical device 1 updates the related information data by machine learning or deep learning (S7).
  • the control device 100 updates the related information data stored in the storage unit 160 by the artificial intelligence unit 180.
  • the artificial intelligence unit 180 considers the medical diagnosis when performing the dental diagnosis stored in the related information table shown in FIG. 16 based on the medical information acquired at the time of past dental diagnosis, the paper or the academic society data updated as needed. Update the notes. For example, if there are many cases where bleeding is difficult to stop even if the dose of the anticoagulant is small at the past dental diagnosis, the artificial intelligence unit 180 cannot extract the tooth even if the dose of the anticoagulant is small.
  • the related information is updated to include the information to the effect.
  • the artificial intelligence unit 180 determines that the periodontal disease is Update relevant information to include information on new causative diseases.
  • the medical device 1 extracts related information corresponding to the dental diagnosis (S8). Specifically, the control device 100 causes the diagnosis unit 170 to extract related information corresponding to the diagnosis category included in the diagnosis information extracted in S6 from the related information table illustrated in FIG. For example, in the case of a patient whose ID is “abc”, since diagnosis e is determined, the medical device 1 extracts a precaution corresponding to diagnosis e from the related information table.
  • the medical device 1 acquires medical information of a patient who has been medically diagnosed at a medical institution connected via a network (S9). Specifically, the control apparatus 100 acquires medical information from the external server 1000 via the communication interface 50 by the medical information acquisition unit 142. The medical information is stored in the medical information table of the external server 1000 shown in FIG. The medical device 1 only needs to acquire medical information corresponding to the related information extracted in S8. Of course, not only the medical information corresponding to the related information extracted in S8, but also medical information for all the past of a patient who is a subject of dental diagnosis or for a predetermined period (for example, for the past two years) may be acquired. .
  • the medical device 1 determines whether or not extraction is required for dental treatment (S10). Specifically, the control device 100 determines whether or not tooth extraction is necessary for dental treatment based on the diagnostic information in the dental diagnosis extracted in S6 by the diagnosis unit 170. For example, in the case of a patient whose ID is “abc”, since the diagnosis e is determined, tooth extraction is not necessarily required, but periodontal disease has progressed to some extent, so that tooth extraction is performed for early treatment or more reliable treatment. Diagnosed to be better. In this case, it is determined in S10 that tooth extraction is required for dental treatment (YES in S10).
  • the medical treatment device 1 determines whether or not the patient is taking an anticoagulant when the tooth extraction is required for dental treatment (YES in S10) (S11). Specifically, the control device 100 determines whether or not the patient is taking an anticoagulant by the diagnosis unit 170 based on the medical information extracted in S9.
  • the medical device 1 determines whether the patient is taking a large amount of the anticoagulant based on the medical information extracted in S9. (S12). When the patient is taking a large amount of an anticoagulant (YES in S12), the medical device 1 updates the diagnostic information extracted in S6 so as to include information indicating that treatment is performed without performing tooth extraction ( S13). On the other hand, when the patient is not taking a large amount of an anticoagulant (NO in S12), the medical device 1 uses the diagnostic information extracted in S6 so as to include information indicating that the extraction is performed with attention to bleeding. Update (S14).
  • the medical device 1 determines whether or not the patient has periodontal disease after the process of S13 or S14 (S15). Specifically, the control device 100 determines whether or not the patient has periodontal disease by the diagnosis unit 170 based on the diagnosis information extracted in S6. When the patient has periodontal disease (YES in S15), the medical device 1 determines whether the patient has a disease caused by periodontal disease (S16). Specifically, the control device 100 determines whether or not the patient has a disease caused by periodontal disease based on the medical information extracted in S9 by the diagnosis unit 170.
  • the medical device 1 When the patient has a disease caused by periodontal disease (YES in S16), the medical device 1 has the diagnosis extracted in S6 so as to include information indicating that the patient has a disease caused by periodontal disease. Information is updated (S17). On the other hand, when the patient does not have periodontal disease (NO in S15), the patient does not have a disease caused by periodontal disease (NO in S16), or after executing the process of S17. The updated diagnostic information is displayed on the monitor 8 (S18). Specifically, the control device 100 causes the display unit 108 to display diagnostic information output from the diagnostic unit 170 on the monitor 8 as an image. Thereby, the operator or patient can confirm the diagnosis result displayed on the monitor 8, the treatment policy, the treatment content, or the cautions considering the medical diagnosis.
  • the medical device 1 may display on the monitor 8 an image in which the degree of progress of treatment is known step by step as information included in the diagnostic information. Furthermore, the medical treatment apparatus 1 may display an image on the monitor 8 in which the time for each treatment step that progresses in stages is known. Thereby, the surgeon can grasp
  • the medical device 1 outputs the diagnostic information by voice from the speaker 6 (S19). Specifically, the control device 100 causes the audio output unit 106 to output the diagnosis information output from the diagnosis unit 170 to the speaker 6 using audio. Thereby, the surgeon or patient can confirm the diagnosis result output from the speaker 6, the treatment policy, the treatment content, or the precautions considering the medical diagnosis.
  • the medical treatment apparatus 1 may output, from the speaker 6, a sound in which the degree of progress of treatment is known in stages as information included in the diagnostic information. Furthermore, the medical treatment device 1 may output a sound from the speaker 6 in which the time for each treatment step that progresses in stages is known. Thereby, the surgeon can grasp
  • the surgeon can be relieved if the diagnosis result displayed on the monitor 8 or the diagnosis result output from the speaker 6 is the same as the diagnosis result born from his knowledge and experience. On the other hand, if the diagnosis result displayed on the monitor 8 or the diagnosis result output from the speaker 6 is different from the diagnosis result born from its own knowledge and experience, the surgeon diagnoses using the operation panel 5 or the like. You can also correct the information.
  • the medical device 1 may display a plurality of diagnosis results and images showing the treatment contents on the monitor 8 as information included in the diagnosis information.
  • the medical device 1 may display an image on the monitor 8 in which the treatment contents are understood in a ranking format according to the treatment priority.
  • the surgeon may be able to select any diagnosis result based on the diagnosis result born from his knowledge and experience.
  • informed consent is performed as an act of the surgeon (S20).
  • the surgeon obtains an agreement from the patient about the diagnosis result and the treatment contents while confirming the diagnosis information displayed on the monitor 8 or the diagnosis information output from the speaker 6 with the patient. If the surgeon obtains an agreement from the patient, the following steps are performed.
  • the surgeon can perform informed consent if at least one of the diagnostic information displayed on the monitor 8 and the diagnostic information output from the speaker 6 can be confirmed. For this reason, the medical treatment apparatus 1 may omit either the process of S18 or the process of S19.
  • the medical device 1 controls the medical table 20 based on the diagnostic information (S21). Specifically, the control device 100 drives the medical table 20 by the medical table control unit 120 based on the medical table control data stored in the storage unit 160.
  • the clinical table control data includes data for controlling the position and posture of the clinical table 20 based on the diagnostic information output from the diagnostic unit 170.
  • the medical device 1 controls the height of the medical table 20, the angle of the back plate held with respect to the medical table, the angle of the headrest 21 and the like by driving the medical table 20 based on the diagnostic information. Furthermore, the medical device 1 finely adjusts the medical table 20 so that the position and posture are in line with the treatment as the treatment progresses. Thereby, the position and posture of the treatment table 20 become the position and posture according to the treatment content.
  • the medical device 1 drives the medical table 20 based on the patient's physique data included in the diagnostic information or the physique data acquired by a detector that detects the height and weight provided in the medical table 20. Also good. Thereby, the patient can receive the treatment in consideration of the most stable and unreasonable posture.
  • the medical treatment device 1 controls each arm body 40 based on the diagnostic information (S22). Specifically, the control device 100 drives each arm unit main body 40 based on the arm unit control data stored in the storage unit 160 by the arm unit control unit 111.
  • the arm control data includes data for driving each arm main body 40 based on the diagnostic information output from the diagnostic unit 170. Thereby, each arm part main body 40 is controlled so that treatment content may be met.
  • the medical device 1 moves the arm main body 40 to which the air turbine handpiece is connected to the vicinity of the patient's mouth.
  • the surgeon can grasp the arm main body 40 moved to the vicinity of the patient's mouth and start cutting teeth smoothly.
  • the medical device 1 moves the arm main body 40 to which the vacuum syringe is connected to the vicinity of the patient's mouth.
  • the assistant can hold the arm main body 40 moved near the patient's mouth and smoothly suck saliva or blood in the oral cavity.
  • a medical instrument 30 used by an operator and a medical instrument 30 used by an assistant may be required at the same time, such as an air turbine handpiece and a vacuum syringe.
  • the medical device 1 drives a plurality of arm body 40 at the same time.
  • the medical device 1 drives the arm body 40 and the medical device 30 without causing the medical devices 30 connected to each other to collide with each other when moving the plurality of arm main bodies 40 simultaneously.
  • the control device 100 detects the position of each arm unit body 40 based on the bird's-eye view image acquired by the overhead camera 9, and controls the position of each arm unit body 40 based on the detected position.
  • the control device 100 may detect the position of each arm portion main body 40 using an infrared camera different from the overhead camera 9 as long as an infrared reflection mark is given to each arm portion main body 40. If each arm unit 40 is provided with an electromagnetic source, the control device 100 may detect the position of each arm unit body 40 by detecting the electromagnetic force with a detector.
  • the control device 100 may detect the position of each arm unit body 40 based on a detection value from an encoder provided at a joint of each arm unit body 40.
  • the medical device 1 controls each medical device 30 based on the diagnostic information (S23). Specifically, in the control device 100, the medical instrument control unit 131 drives each medical instrument 30 based on the medical instrument control data stored in the storage unit 160.
  • the medical instrument control data includes data for driving each medical instrument 30 based on the diagnostic information output from the diagnostic unit 170. Thereby, each medical instrument 30 is controlled so that treatment content may be met.
  • the medical device 1 selects the medical device 30 so as to follow the treatment content and determines the order of use.
  • the medical device 1 indicates that the medical instrument 30 connected to the arm main body 40 is ready to be driven by lighting a lamp or the like. Notify the surgeon.
  • the notification that the drive is ready is preferably performed when the arm main body 40 has moved to the vicinity of the mouth and stopped reliably. The surgeon can drive the medical instrument 30 safely after confirming that the drive is ready.
  • the medical device 1 changes various setting values of the medical device 30 so as to follow the treatment content.
  • the set values of the medical instrument 30 include, for example, set values for determining the rotation speed, rotation speed, rotation direction, rotation pattern, and the like of a medical instrument such as an air turbine handpiece.
  • root canal treatment treatment such as root canal enlargement, washing, and filling is performed based on an X-ray image of the root canal.
  • the root canal of the tooth is cut using a micromotor handpiece equipped with a cutting tool such as a reamer or a file. Since the root canal is curved in molars and the like, if the torque applied to the cutting tool becomes too large, the cutting tool may be broken. Since there are multiple types of cutting tool thinness, for example, it is necessary to use them in order from thin to thick. Furthermore, it is necessary to enlarge the root canal along the shape of the root canal more accurately in the shortest time.
  • the medical device 1 selects an optimal cutting tool according to the depth of the root canal and the degree of curvature of the shape based on the X-ray CT image acquired in advance as an oral image and stored in the storage unit 160, and each cutting tool is selected.
  • a corresponding set value can be set, or a notification can be made so that the surgeon can manually adjust according to the notification.
  • the position and posture of the medical table 20 are changed. Further, when the patient feels excessive pain, the driving of the medical instrument 30 is stopped, the rotational speed of the cutting tool is decreased, or the rotational direction is changed.
  • the processes of S3, S4, and S5 may be omitted.
  • the timing for acquiring the disease image data and the disease information and the timing for updating the diagnostic reference data are not necessarily limited to when diagnosing a patient, but may be performed before the process of outputting the diagnostic information shown in S6.
  • the medical device 1 may acquire the disease image data and the disease information at the timing when the power is turned on to update the diagnostic reference data, or the disease image data and the disease information are obtained by interruption processing performed periodically. May be obtained to update the diagnostic reference data.
  • the process of S7 may be omitted.
  • the timing of updating the related information data is not necessarily limited to when diagnosing a patient, but may be performed before the process of extracting related information corresponding to the dental diagnosis of the patient shown in S8.
  • the medical device 1 may update the related information data at a timing when the power is turned on, or may update the related information data by an interrupt process performed periodically.
  • the human body model detects the presence or absence and degree of stimulation given during treatment, and changes the facial expression, outputs sound, or moves the body based on the detection result. For example, if there is no abnormality, the human body model reproduces a relaxed expression without making a voice or moving the body, and if there is an abnormality, it reproduces an expression such as vomiting, pain, anxiety, or discomfort. While making a voice or raising a hand.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram for explaining the medical treatment process.
  • the medical device 1 acquires a patient's main complaint (S31).
  • the control device 100 of the medical device 1 acquires the patient's chief complaint from the microphone 4 by voice using the voice acquisition unit 104.
  • the voice acquisition unit 104 acquires this machine voice.
  • the medical device 1 acquires a patient's oral image (S32). Specifically, the control device 100 acquires an oral image from the oral camera 55 by the oral image acquisition unit 140. At this time, the control device 100 inserts the oral camera 55 into the patient's oral cavity by driving the arm main body 40f by the arm control unit 111. The control device 100 captures an image of the oral cavity with the oral camera 55 after the oral camera 55 is reliably inserted into the oral cavity of the patient. Alternatively, the control device 100 acquires an oral image from the X-ray device by the oral image acquisition unit 140. The oral image data is stored in the oral image related table shown in FIG.
  • the medical device 1 acquires disease images of patients in all the medical devices 1 connected via the network (S33). Specifically, the control device 100 acquires disease image data from the external server 1000 via the communication interface 50 by the dental information acquisition unit 141. The disease image data is stored in the dental information table of the external server 1000 shown in FIG. Similarly to S3 in FIG. 17, the medical device 1 is not image data representing the disease state itself, but a plurality of patients with a characteristic amount of a tooth previously suspected of having caries and a periodontal disease in the past. A collection of feature amounts of periodontal tissue suspected of is acquired as disease image data. Moreover, the medical device 1 should just acquire the disease image data of only one of a smoker and a non-smoker.
  • the medical device 1 acquires the disease information of the patients in all the medical devices 1 connected via the network (S34). Specifically, the control device 100 acquires disease information from the external server 1000 via the communication interface 50 by the dental information acquisition unit 141. The disease information is stored in the dental information table of the external server 1000 shown in FIG. Note that the medical device 1 only needs to acquire disease information corresponding to the disease image data acquired in S33.
  • the medical device 1 updates the diagnostic reference data by machine learning or deep learning (S35). Specifically, the control device 100 updates the diagnostic reference data stored in the storage unit 160 by the artificial intelligence unit 180.
  • the artificial intelligence unit 180 updates the diagnostic reference data stored in the diagnostic reference table shown in FIG. 12 based on the disease image data acquired in S33 and the disease information acquired in S34.
  • the medical device 1 extracts diagnostic information in the dental diagnosis based on the oral image and the diagnostic reference data (S36). Specifically, the control device 100 performs the dental diagnosis of the patient without considering the medical information for the time being based on the oral image data acquired in S32 by the diagnosis unit 170 and the diagnostic reference data updated in S35. I do.
  • An example of the dental diagnosis is as described with reference to FIGS. 13 and 14.
  • the medical device 1 updates the related information data by machine learning or deep learning (S37). Specifically, the control device 100 updates the related information data stored in the storage unit 160 by the artificial intelligence unit 180. As in S7 of FIG. 17, the artificial intelligence unit 180 performs the dental diagnosis stored in the related information table shown in FIG. 16 based on medical information acquired at the time of past dental diagnosis, papers updated at any time, or academic society data. Update the precautions taking into account the medical diagnosis.
  • the medical device 1 extracts related information corresponding to the dental diagnosis (S38). Specifically, the control device 100 causes the diagnosis unit 170 to extract related information corresponding to the diagnosis category included in the diagnosis information extracted in S36 from the related information table shown in FIG. In this example, since the patient is a human body model, related information is extracted in a pseudo manner based on preset contents.
  • the medical device 1 acquires medical information of a patient who has been medically diagnosed at a medical institution connected via a network (S39). Specifically, the control apparatus 100 acquires medical information from the external server 1000 via the communication interface 50 by the medical information acquisition unit 142. The medical information is stored in the medical information table of the external server 1000 shown in FIG. In this example, since the patient is a human body model, medical information is obtained in a pseudo manner based on preset contents.
  • the medical device 1 determines whether or not extraction is required for dental treatment (S40). Specifically, the control device 100 determines whether or not tooth extraction is necessary for dental treatment based on the diagnostic information in the dental diagnosis extracted in S36 by the diagnosis unit 170. In the case of this example, since the patient is a human body model, it is determined whether or not pseudo extraction is required based on preset contents.
  • the medical device 1 determines whether or not the patient is taking an anticoagulant (S41) when extraction is required for dental treatment (YES in S40). Specifically, the control device 100 determines whether or not the patient is taking an anticoagulant by the diagnosis unit 170 based on the medical information extracted in S39. In this example, since the patient is a human body model, whether or not the patient is taking an anticoagulant is determined based on preset contents.
  • the medical device 1 determines whether the patient is taking a large amount of the anticoagulant based on the medical information extracted in S39. (S42). In this example, since the patient is a human body model, it is determined whether or not the patient is taking a large amount of an anticoagulant based on preset contents.
  • the medical device 1 When the patient is taking a large amount of an anticoagulant (YES in S42), the medical device 1 updates the diagnostic information extracted in S36 so as to include information indicating that treatment is performed without performing tooth extraction ( S43). On the other hand, when the patient is not taking a large amount of anticoagulant (NO in S42), the medical device 1 receives the diagnostic information extracted in S36 so as to include information indicating that the tooth extraction is performed with attention to bleeding. Update (S44).
  • the medical treatment apparatus 1 determines whether or not the patient has periodontal disease after the process of S43 or S44 (S45). Specifically, the control device 100 determines whether or not the patient has periodontal disease by the diagnosis unit 170 based on the diagnosis information extracted in S36. In this example, since the patient is a human body model, it is determined whether or not the patient has periodontal disease based on preset contents.
  • the medical device 1 determines whether the patient has a disease caused by periodontal disease (S46). Specifically, the control device 100 determines whether or not the patient has a disease caused by periodontal disease based on the medical information extracted in S39 by the diagnosis unit 170. In the case of this example, since the patient is a human body model, it is determined whether or not the patient has a disease caused by periodontal disease in a pseudo manner based on preset contents.
  • the medical device 1 When the patient has a disease caused by periodontal disease (YES in S46), the medical device 1 has the diagnosis extracted in S36 so as to include information indicating that the patient has a disease caused by periodontal disease. Information is updated (S47). On the other hand, when the patient does not have periodontal disease (NO in S45), the patient does not have a disease caused by periodontal disease (NO in S46), or after executing the process of S47 The updated diagnostic information is displayed on the monitor 8 (S48). Specifically, the control device 100 causes the display unit 108 to display diagnostic information output from the diagnostic unit 170 on the monitor 8 as an image. Thereby, the student in training can confirm the diagnosis result displayed on the monitor 8, the treatment policy, the treatment content, the cautions considering the medical diagnosis, and the like.
  • the medical device 1 may display on the monitor 8 an image in which the degree of progress of treatment is known step by step as information included in the diagnostic information. Furthermore, the medical treatment apparatus 1 may display an image on the monitor 8 in which the time for each treatment step that progresses in stages is known. Thereby, the student can grasp
  • the medical device 1 outputs the diagnostic information by voice from the speaker 6 (S49). Specifically, the control device 100 causes the audio output unit 106 to output the diagnosis information output from the diagnosis unit 170 to the speaker 6 using audio. Thereby, the student in training can check the diagnosis result output from the speaker 6, the treatment policy, the treatment content, the cautions considering the medical diagnosis, and the like.
  • the medical treatment apparatus 1 may output, from the speaker 6, a sound in which the degree of progress of treatment is known in stages as information included in the diagnostic information. Furthermore, the medical treatment device 1 may output a sound from the speaker 6 in which the time for each treatment step that progresses in stages is known. Thereby, the student can grasp
  • the medical device 1 performs informed consent (S50).
  • informed consent S50
  • the medical device 1 since the patient is a human body model, a pseudo informed consent is performed between the medical device 1 and the human body model.
  • the medical device 1 outputs sound for obtaining consent for treatment content from the speaker 6.
  • the medical device 1 determines that the patient's consent has been obtained through informed consent by recognizing the voice emitted from the patient or recognizing the patient's facial expression taken by the overhead camera 9. This is true even if the patient is a living person.
  • the medical device 1 may output again the voice uttered by the patient or the voice for obtaining the consent of the treatment content from the speaker 6 when the patient's facial expression taken by the overhead camera 9 cannot be recognized. Good.
  • the medical device 1 controls the medical table 20 based on the diagnostic information (S51). Specifically, the control device 100 drives the medical table 20 by the medical table control unit 120 based on the medical table control data stored in the storage unit 160.
  • the clinical table control data includes data for controlling the position and posture of the clinical table 20 based on the diagnostic information output from the diagnostic unit 170.
  • An example of the driving of the medical table 20 by the medical device 1 is the same as S21 in FIG.
  • the medical device 1 controls each arm body 40 based on the diagnosis information (S52). Specifically, the control device 100 drives each arm unit main body 40 based on the arm unit control data stored in the storage unit 160 by the arm unit control unit 111.
  • the arm control data includes data for driving each arm main body 40 based on the diagnostic information output from the diagnostic unit 170. Thereby, each arm part main body 40 is controlled so that treatment content may be met.
  • the medical device 1 moves the arm main body 40 to which the air turbine handpiece is connected to the vicinity of the patient's mouth. After the patient opens his / her mouth, the medical device 1 inserts an air turbine handpiece connected to the arm body 40 into the oral cavity.
  • the medical device 1 drives the medical device 30 in the oral cavity without damaging the oral cavity while recognizing the shape of the oral cavity using, for example, an existing shape recognition technique.
  • the control device 100 may drive the medical instrument 30 while grasping the position of the arm body 40 based on the detection value from the encoder provided at the joint of the arm body 40.
  • the control device 100 may drive the medical instrument 30 while grasping the position of the arm main body 40 based on the overhead image acquired by the overhead camera 9.
  • the control device 100 may drive the medical instrument 30 while grasping the position of the arm body 40 by an infrared camera different from the overhead camera 9 as long as the infrared reflection mark is provided on the arm body 40. . If the arm unit body 40 is provided with an electromagnetic source, the control device 100 may drive the medical instrument 30 while grasping the position of the arm unit body 40 by detecting the electromagnetic force with a detector.
  • a plurality of medical instruments 30 such as an air turbine handpiece and a vacuum syringe may be required at the same time.
  • the medical device 1 drives a plurality of arm body 40 at the same time.
  • the medical device 1 drives the arm body 40 and the medical device 30 without causing the medical devices 30 connected to each other to collide with each other when moving the plurality of arm main bodies 40 simultaneously.
  • An example of collision avoidance of the medical device 30 by the medical device 1 is the same as S22 in FIG.
  • the medical device 1 performs a treatment efficiently by simultaneously driving a plurality of medical instruments 30 such as an air turbine handpiece and a vacuum syringe, in the same manner as the surgeon and the assistant are involved in the treatment at the same time. be able to.
  • a plurality of medical instruments 30 such as an air turbine handpiece and a vacuum syringe
  • the medical device 1 controls each medical device 30 based on the diagnostic information (S53). Specifically, in the control device 100, the medical instrument control unit 131 drives each medical instrument 30 based on the medical instrument control data stored in the storage unit 160.
  • the medical instrument control data includes data for driving each medical instrument 30 based on the diagnostic information output from the diagnostic unit 170. Thereby, each medical instrument 30 is controlled so that treatment content may be met.
  • the medical device 1 selects the medical device 30 so as to follow the treatment content and determines the order of use.
  • the medical device 1 starts the treatment by driving the medical device 30 after the medical device 30 to be used is inserted into the oral cavity of the patient and the arm main body 40 is stopped.
  • the medical device 1 performs treatment while causing the arm body 40 to perform at least one of expansion and contraction in the longitudinal direction, bending in the longitudinal direction, and rotation in the circumferential direction with respect to the longitudinal direction.
  • the medical device 1 treats the oral cavity with the medical instrument 30 without damaging the patient's oral cavity.
  • the medical device 1 changes various setting values of the medical device 30 so as to follow the treatment content.
  • the medical treatment apparatus 1 can perform optimal treatment smoothly while changing the set value by itself.
  • the position and posture of the medical table 20 are changed. Further, when the patient feels excessive pain, the driving of the medical instrument 30 is stopped, the rotational speed of the cutting tool is decreased, or the rotational direction is changed.
  • the driving of the arm main body 40 and the medical instrument 30 by the medical device 1 as described above may be performed based on the patient's main complaint obtained from the microphone 4.
  • the medical treatment device 1 displays the treatment result on the monitor 8 (S54), and ends a series of medical treatment processing.
  • the processes of S33, S34, and S35 may be omitted.
  • the timing for acquiring the disease image and the disease information and the timing for updating the diagnostic reference data are not necessarily limited to when diagnosing a patient, but may be performed before the process of outputting diagnostic information shown in S36.
  • the medical device 1 may acquire the disease image and the disease information at a timing when the power is turned on to update the diagnostic reference data, or acquire the disease image and the disease information by a periodic interrupt process. Then, the diagnostic reference data may be updated.
  • the processing of S37 may be omitted.
  • the timing of updating the related information data is not necessarily limited to when diagnosing a patient, but may be performed before the process of extracting related information corresponding to the dental diagnosis of the patient shown in S38.
  • the medical device 1 may update the related information data at a timing when the power is turned on, or may update the related information data by an interrupt process performed periodically.
  • a medical treatment apparatus 1 may treat the human body model directly.
  • the medical device 1 performing treatment based on the diagnostic information, if there is an abnormality in the human model, it can be seen that the output diagnostic information is incorrect information. Therefore, it is possible to confirm whether or not the corrected diagnostic information is correct by correcting the erroneous information and allowing the medical treatment apparatus 1 to perform the treatment again.
  • the medical device 1 acquires information such as a patient's chief complaint, a patient's oral image, and a disease image representing a disease of the oral cavity as input information related to the patient's dental diagnosis, and diagnoses it.
  • a dental diagnosis is made based on the reference data.
  • the medical device 1 extracts related information corresponding to the result of the dental diagnosis of the patient from the related information table shown in FIG. 16, and acquires the medical information of the patient corresponding to the extracted related information.
  • the medical device 1 then outputs diagnostic information in the final dental diagnosis of the patient based on the acquired medical information and the result of the dental diagnosis performed based on the diagnostic reference data.
  • the medical device 1 can perform the dental diagnosis of the patient in consideration of not only the information on the dental field but also the information on the medical field related to the dental field. Therefore, the medical treatment apparatus 1 can perform a dental diagnosis of a patient based on a comprehensive and safer medical judgment by jumping over the barrier between the dental field and the medical field.
  • the medical device 1 performs the most appropriate dental diagnosis for the patient in consideration of the medical diagnosis. It can be carried out.
  • Related information is updated by machine learning or deep learning. For this reason, for example, every time a patient is examined at any medical institution, or whenever a paper or academic society data is updated, the medical device 1 can update the related information. Therefore, the medical device 1 can perform a dental diagnosis most suitable for the patient based on the latest related information.
  • the medical device 1 outputs oral cavity diagnostic information based on the patient's oral image and the diagnostic standard data stored in the diagnostic standard table shown in FIG. Furthermore, the medical device 1 acquires disease images of patients in all the medical devices 1 connected via the network, and updates diagnostic reference data by machine learning based on the acquired disease images.
  • the medical device 1 outputs diagnostic information based on various disease images collected via the network, more accurate diagnostic information is output without largely depending on the knowledge and experience of one operator. Is done.
  • the medical treatment device 1 is a device for directly treating a living patient or a pseudo-patient such as a human body model, and obtains a patient's chief complaint by voice and a movable arm body.
  • An oral image is acquired by the oral camera 55 held at 40.
  • the medical device 1 outputs oral cavity diagnostic information based on the oral cavity image and the diagnostic standard data stored in the diagnostic standard table shown in FIG.
  • the medical device 1 acquires a patient's disease image in all the medical devices 1 connected by a network, and updates diagnostic reference data by machine learning based on the acquired disease image.
  • the medical device 1 performs informed consent by outputting the diagnostic information from the speaker 6 by voice.
  • consent is obtained, the medical device 1 directly drives the patient by driving the medical device 30 based on the diagnostic information. To treat.
  • the medical device 1 makes full use of the artificial intelligence, with the help of the surgeon or assistant in some situations, without the help of the surgeon or assistant, and in some situations the surgeon or assistant's Patients can be treated directly without help.
  • the diagnostic reference data is data indicating the correspondence between the feature amount of the oral cavity image and the disease information, and is based on the feature amount of the disease image and the disease information corresponding to the disease image. Updated. Thereby, each time the feature amount of the disease image and the disease information corresponding to the disease image are updated, the diagnostic reference data is updated to the latest one.
  • the diagnostic reference data is updated based on the diagnostic information output by the diagnostic unit 170, the current diagnostic result is reflected in the diagnostic reference data.
  • the medical treatment device 1 As shown in FIG. 1, the medical treatment device 1 according to the present embodiment is provided with a medical treatment table 10 so as to be covered from the sky by an arm extending from a device stand 80 different from the medical stand 20.
  • the medical device may be configured as shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 19 is a diagram illustrating an outline of the medical devices 200 and 300 according to the modification.
  • the medical device may be configured such that a medical table 210 having a plurality of medical devices 230 is provided at a distal end portion 262 of an arm 264 extending from the medical table 220, as in the medical device 200 shown in FIG. .
  • the arm 264 may extend from any of the headrest 21, the backrest 22, the seat surface sheet 23, and the footrest 24 included in the medical table 220.
  • the medical device like the medical device 300 shown in FIG. 19B, is provided with an arm 364 that can be expanded and contracted from a storage portion 350 having a spitton that is a mouthwash device, and the medical table 310 is provided on the arm 364. May be configured. According to this configuration, the medical table 310 can be stored in the storage unit 350 when the medical table 310 is not needed, while the medical table 310 can be taken out from the storage unit 350 when the medical table 310 is required.
  • the storage unit 350 is not limited to having a spit-on, and may simply be a housing that stores the medical table 310, and may be movable in the hospital as necessary.
  • the medical device may be configured such that an arm is directly provided from a hospital floor near the medical table and a medical table 310 is provided on the arm.
  • the depth (V) of the missing portion of the tooth is applied as the feature amount of the tooth shape, and the lightness and saturation (W) of the tooth surface are applied as the feature amount of the tooth color.
  • the feature amount of a tooth may be calculated from the size or shape of the tooth itself, how the tooth grows or the tooth arrangement.
  • the feature amount of the tooth may be weighted according to the presence / absence of age, sex, or presence / absence of smoking.
  • the adhesion state of the tooth stain in the case of a smoker may be performed.
  • caries diagnosis can be performed by emitting fluorescence from the caries part by irradiating the affected part with excitation light having a specific wavelength such as ultraviolet rays.
  • the swelling degree (X) is applied as the feature quantity of the periodontal tissue shape
  • the surface brightness and saturation (Y) are applied as the feature quantity of the periodontal tissue color.
  • the feature amount of periodontal tissue may be calculated from the amount of tartar or the depth of the periodontal pocket.
  • a feature amount of periodontal tissue may be weighted according to the presence or absence of age, gender, or the presence or absence of smoking.
  • the degree of tooth movement may be measured using an instrument for measuring the degree of movement to be one of the feature values.
  • the medical device 1 first performs a dental diagnosis by comparing the patient's mouth image and the disease image associated with the disease information, and then provides related information corresponding to the diagnosis result in the dental diagnosis. Extracting and updating the results of dental diagnosis based on medical information in the medical diagnosis of the patient corresponding to the extracted related information.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the related information corresponding to the patient's chief complaint about the degree of tooth pain or the place where pain is felt is extracted, and the dental diagnosis is performed based on the medical information in the medical diagnosis of the patient corresponding to the extracted related information. The result of may be updated.
  • the relevant information corresponding to the diagnosis result input by the surgeon is extracted, and the dental diagnosis result is updated based on the medical information in the patient's medical diagnosis corresponding to the extracted related information. Good.
  • the medical device 1 calculates the feature amount of the tooth and periodontal tissue in the comparison between the oral image of the patient and the disease image associated with the disease information. Absent. For example, the medical device 1 may search for a disease image similar to the patient's oral image based on the diagnostic reference data, and output the disease information associated with the extracted disease image as diagnostic information.
  • the diagnostic reference data may include a threshold value used for pattern matching between the oral cavity image and the disease image, for example. And the medical device 1 may update the threshold value contained in diagnostic reference data based on the disease image accumulated every day.
  • diagnostic information diagnostic information related to dental implant surgery, diagnostic information related to orthodontics, diagnostic information related to pediatric dentistry, diagnostic information related to oral surgery, diagnostic information related to dental aesthetics, and the like may be used.
  • diagnostic information a plurality of types of diagnostic reference data may be determined according to the items.
  • the medical device 1 may output diagnostic information based on at least one of information related to a patient's constitution and information related to medication included in the patient's medical information. Good.
  • the medical device 1 is configured to check the patient's constitution, height, weight, age, blood type, allergy status, past medical history, medications (any related drugs including anticoagulants), X-ray examinations received in the past. Diagnostic information may be output based on data or precautions that take into account past medical examination information.
  • the medical device 1 may update the diagnostic reference data based on at least one of existing papers and academic society data. If the diagnostic reference data is updated based on the existing paper or society data accumulated in this way, the medical device 1 outputs more accurate diagnostic information every time the existing paper or society data is updated. be able to.
  • the medical device 1 may be configured so that a disease image and disease information to be referred to when updating the diagnostic standard data can be selected by setting.
  • the medical device 1 arranged in the clinic A acquires the disease image and the disease information in the medical device 1 arranged in the clinic B among the medical devices 1 connected to the network, and is arranged in the clinic C. Further, it may be configured so that the surgeon can set so as not to acquire the disease image and the disease information in the medical device 1.
  • the medical device 1 arranged in the clinic A acquires the disease image and the disease information only in the clinic to which the famous surgeon belongs, and the diagnostic reference data based on the disease image and the disease information. Can be updated. Thereby, the medical treatment apparatus 1 can output more accurate diagnostic information.
  • positioned in the clinic A may be comprised so that the medical device 1 acquired from the medical devices 1 arrange
  • the diagnostic apparatus 1 provides diagnostic reference data according to the presence or absence of smoking in caries diagnosis, but may provide diagnostic reference data according to the age or sex of the patient.
  • the medical device 1 may provide diagnostic reference data according to the characteristics of a tooth suspected of having caries (anterior tooth, molar tooth, milk tooth, permanent tooth, etc.). Then, when the medical device 1 acquires disease image data and disease information from the external server 1000, according to the patient's age, sex, or dental characteristics suspected of caries (anterior teeth, molars, milk teeth, permanent teeth, etc.)
  • the acquired disease image data and disease information may be limited. In this way, delay in data communication can be suppressed, and increase in data capacity can also be suppressed.
  • the medical device 1 arranged in each dental clinic stores related information data.
  • each medical device 1 does not store related information data, but a management server arranged in each dental clinic may store related information data.
  • Each medical device 1 or management server may update the related information data.
  • each medical device 1 may store related information data. Then, the external server 1000 may update the related information data based on the medical information of the patient collected from each medical institution. In this case, each medical device 1 may acquire the latest related information data from the external server 1000 when making a diagnosis.
  • the medical device 1 may update related information data based on the corrected diagnostic information when the diagnostic information is corrected by the surgeon after outputting diagnostic information considering the medical diagnosis. If it does in this way, the medical device 1 will output diagnostic information of an operator preference.
  • the related information is not limited to information such as precautions considering medical diagnosis when performing dental diagnosis.
  • the related information is not limited to information for paying attention to the patient, but may be information for notifying that the patient has improved.
  • the related information may include information indicating that symptoms in the medical field are improved by treatment in the dental field. For example, in patients who are hospitalized in preparation for surgery in the medical field, oral bacteria are reduced by cleaning the oral cavity before surgery, resulting in a reduction in oral bacteria, resulting in improved prognosis after surgery and hospitalization. Information indicating that the information has been shortened may be output as diagnostic information.
  • diagnostic information In addition, in a diabetic patient, when the blood glucose level is improved by efforts to treat periodontal disease such as regular plaque cleaning, information for giving up the patient may be output as diagnostic information.
  • the medical device 1 according to the present embodiment can proceed with such a trial efficiently.
  • the medical device 1 arranged in each dental clinic stores the diagnostic reference data. Then, the diagnostic reference data is updated based on the disease image and the disease information acquired from the external server 1000 shared by each medical device 1 by network connection.
  • a management server arranged in each dental clinic may store the diagnostic reference data. Then, each diagnostic apparatus 1 or management server may update the diagnostic reference data based on the disease image and disease information acquired from the external server 1000.
  • each diagnostic apparatus 1 may store diagnostic reference data.
  • the diagnostic reference data may be updated based on the disease image and disease information collected by the external server 1000 from each medical device 1.
  • each medical device 1 may acquire the latest diagnostic reference data from the external server 1000 when making a diagnosis.
  • the medical device 1 is not necessarily connected to the external server 1000 and other medical devices through a network connection.
  • the medical device 1 may update diagnostic reference data based only on past oral images and diagnostic information acquired by itself. Furthermore, once the diagnostic information is output by the surgeon after the diagnostic information is output once, the diagnostic apparatus 1 may update the diagnostic reference data based on the corrected diagnostic information. If it does in this way, the medical device 1 will output diagnostic information of an operator preference.
  • An operator such as an operator or an assistant may not necessarily exist near the medical device 1.
  • the medical device 1 may be installed in a remote place different from the place where the operator exists.
  • the medical device 1 may execute a series of processes shown in FIGS. 18 and 19 based on a remote operation by a surgeon from a remote place.
  • the medical device 1 may be used as medical assistance based on a remote operation by a surgeon from a remote place, or the medical device 30 may be driven to treat a patient.
  • At least one or all of the functional units of the oral cavity image acquisition unit 140, dental information acquisition unit 141, medical information acquisition unit 142, storage unit 160, diagnosis unit 170, and artificial intelligence unit 180 included in the control device 100 are included.
  • Other devices different from the medical device 1 may be included.
  • a functional unit for diagnosing the oral cavity using artificial intelligence exists in a place (inside a clinic where an operator is located or an external server using a cloud service) different from the medical device 1 for actual treatment. Also good.
  • periodontal disease is influenced not only by diabetes but also by myocardial infarction, heart disease, cerebral infarction, angina pectoris, or arteriosclerosis.
  • cooperation and cooperation between the dental field and the medical field is indispensable. It will be included in the scope of the present invention to solve such technology in cooperation and cooperation between the dental field and the medical field using AI technology in the future.
  • the scope of the present invention is defined by the terms of the claims, rather than the description above, and is intended to include any modifications within the scope and meaning equivalent to the terms of the claims.

Abstract

Provided is a medical examination device which outputs more accurate diagnostic information concerning dental diagnosis. The examination device (1): acquires input information relating to a dental diagnosis of a patient, including the chief complaint of the patient, an oral cavity image, a disease image, and a diagnosis result based on the oral cavity image and the disease image; acquires medical information relating to a medical diagnosis of the patient; stores related information defining precautions between a dental diagnosis and a medical diagnosis; extracts related information corresponding to the input information; and outputs diagnostic information concerning a dental diagnosis of the patient on the basis of the medical information of the patient corresponding to the extracted related information and the input information.

Description

医療用診療装置Medical treatment equipment
 本発明は、医療用診療装置に関し、特に患者の歯科診断に用いる医療用診療装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a medical medical device, and more particularly to a medical medical device used for dental diagnosis of a patient.
 従来から、患者の歯科診断に用いる医療用診療装置が知られている。たとえば、特開昭61-087554号公報(特許文献1)には、歯科診断時に術者によって使用される各種診療器具を保持する歯科診療台が開示されている。 Conventionally, medical medical devices used for dental diagnosis of patients are known. For example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 61-087554 (Patent Document 1) discloses a dental examination table for holding various medical instruments used by an operator during dental diagnosis.
特開昭61-087554号公報JP-A 61-087554
 特許文献1に開示された診療台は、術者による歯科診断を支援することができるが、歯科診断における診断情報は、歯科分野の術者の知識および経験とともに、一般医療分野の知識および経験の両方に大きく依存する。このため、より正確に歯科診断における診断情報を出力する技術が求められている。 The medical table disclosed in Patent Document 1 can support dental diagnosis by an operator. However, diagnosis information in dental diagnosis includes knowledge and experience of the surgeon in the dental field as well as knowledge and experience in the general medical field. It depends heavily on both. For this reason, there is a need for a technique for more accurately outputting diagnostic information in dental diagnosis.
 本発明は、上記の課題を解決するためになされたものであり、より正確に歯科診断における診断情報を出力する医療用診療装置を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a medical treatment apparatus that outputs diagnostic information in dental diagnosis more accurately.
 本発明に係る医療用診療装置は、患者の歯科診断に関する入力情報を取得する入力情報取得部と、患者の医科診断に関する医科情報を取得する医科情報取得部と、歯科診断と医科診断との間の関連事項が定められた関連情報を記憶する記憶部と、入力情報に対応する関連情報を抽出するとともに、抽出した関連情報に対応する患者の医科情報と入力情報とに基づいて、患者の歯科診断における診断情報を出力する診断部とを備える。 The medical treatment apparatus according to the present invention includes an input information acquisition unit that acquires input information related to a patient's dental diagnosis, a medical information acquisition unit that acquires medical information related to a patient's medical diagnosis, and a dental diagnosis and a medical diagnosis. A storage unit for storing related information in which related items are defined, and extracting related information corresponding to the input information, and based on the patient's medical information and input information corresponding to the extracted related information A diagnosis unit that outputs diagnosis information in diagnosis.
 上記構成において、「歯科」とは、歯学に関する学科であって、歯または歯に関連した組織(歯周組織など)に関する疾患を扱う診療科である。「歯科」には、たとえば、一般歯科、矯正歯科、口腔外科、歯科放射線科または小児歯科などが含まれる。「医科」とは、医学に関する学科であって、歯科で扱われる疾患以外の疾患を扱う診療科である。「医科」には、たとえば、内科、産婦人科、放射線科、内分泌科、脳神経科、循環器科または整形外科などが含まれる。「入力情報」には、歯の痛み度合または痛みを感じる箇所、インプラント情報、補綴物の情報、義歯などの装着物情報、X線診断情報などについての患者の主訴、術者の知見による歯科診断の結果、または患者の口腔画像および口腔の疾患を表す疾患画像、口腔画像と疾患画像とに基づいて行われた診断結果などの情報が含まれる。「医科情報」には、カルテに含まれるような情報であって、検査結果などの患者の過去の医科診断における診断結果、患者の体質、または患者に対する投薬などの情報が含まれる。「関連情報」には、歯科診断を行う際の医科診断を考慮した注意事項などの情報が含まれる。たとえば、関連事項としては、歯周病が原因となる医科分野における疾患、または抗凝固薬の服用の抜歯に対する影響、アレルギー情報などの情報が含まれる。 In the above configuration, “dentistry” is a department related to dentistry, and is a medical department that deals with diseases related to teeth or teeth-related tissues (periodontal tissues, etc.). “Dental” includes, for example, general dentistry, orthodontics, oral surgery, dental radiology, or pediatric dentistry. The “medical department” is a department related to medicine and is a medical department that deals with diseases other than those treated in dentistry. “Medical” includes, for example, internal medicine, obstetrics and gynecology, radiology, endocrinology, neurology, cardiology, or orthopedics. “Input information” includes the degree of tooth pain or pain, implant information, information on prosthetics, information on attachments such as dentures, patient complaints about X-ray diagnostic information, and dental diagnosis based on the operator's knowledge Or a patient's mouth image and a disease image representing a disease of the mouth, and a diagnosis result made based on the mouth image and the disease image. The “medical information” is information that is included in a medical record, and includes information such as a diagnosis result in a past medical diagnosis of a patient such as a test result, a constitution of the patient, or medication for the patient. The “related information” includes information such as precautions considering a medical diagnosis when performing a dental diagnosis. For example, the related items include information on diseases in the medical field caused by periodontal disease, the influence of taking anticoagulants on tooth extraction, allergy information, and the like.
 また、「診断情報」には、X線診断情報、根管長測定情報、歯周ポケット測定情報、歯牙の動揺度測定情報、3次元口腔スキャナによる口腔の3次元測定結果情報、歯牙のう蝕判定の為の蛍光診断情報、歯科矯正診断情報などの歯科診断の結果、治療方針、治療内容、またはこれらを導き出すための補助的な情報などが含まれる。判りやすい例として、歯科診断の結果としては、う蝕の有無、または歯周病の有無などが挙げられる。う蝕の治療方針としては、歯を保存したままの治療、または歯の補綴による治療などが挙げられる。歯周病の治療方針としては、ハンドスケーラでの歯石除去、または超音波スケーラやエアスケーラなどの電動または空気駆動インスツルメントによる歯石除去などが挙げられる。う蝕の治療内容としては、エアタービンハンドピースやマイクロモータハンドピースを用いた切削によってう蝕部分を取り除いた後に歯に詰め物をしたり、歯に冠を被せたり、入れ歯を挿入したりすること、またはそれらに伴う根管治療などが挙げられる。歯周病の治療内容としては、スケーラを用いた歯周ポケット内の歯石除去、炎症を起こしている歯肉部分の除去、または外科手術によって歯肉を剥離掻爬した上での歯石除去などが挙げられる。なお、上述したものの他に、「診断情報」には、喫煙者の場合における歯のヤニの付着状況の診断結果、およびヤニの除去内容、歯科用インプラント手術に関する診断情報、歯科矯正に関する診断情報、小児歯科に関する診断情報、口腔外科に関する診断情報、歯科の審美に関する診断情報などが含まれてもよい。さらに、「診断情報」には、歯周病が原因となる医科分野における疾患、または抗凝固薬の服用の抜歯に対する影響などを考慮した治療方針または治療内容などの情報が含まれる。 The "diagnosis information" includes X-ray diagnosis information, root canal length measurement information, periodontal pocket measurement information, tooth mobility measurement information, 3D oral cavity measurement result information by a 3D oral scanner, tooth caries. It includes the results of dental diagnosis such as fluorescence diagnosis information for determination, orthodontic diagnosis information, treatment policy, treatment contents, or auxiliary information for deriving these. As an easy-to-understand example, the result of dental diagnosis includes the presence or absence of caries or the presence or absence of periodontal disease. As a treatment policy for caries, treatment with the tooth preserved or treatment with a dental prosthesis can be cited. The treatment policy for periodontal disease includes removal of tartar with a hand scaler, or removal of tartar with an electric or air-driven instrument such as an ultrasonic scaler or an air scaler. Treatment of caries includes removing the carious portion by cutting with an air turbine handpiece or micromotor handpiece, then filling the teeth, putting a crown on the teeth, or inserting a denture Or root canal treatment associated therewith. The treatment content of periodontal disease includes removal of calculus in the periodontal pocket using a scaler, removal of inflamed gingival part, or removal of calculus after removing the gingiva by surgery. In addition to the above-described items, the “diagnosis information” includes the diagnosis result of the adhesion state of the tooth stain in the case of the smoker, the removal content of the stain, the diagnosis information regarding the dental implant operation, the diagnosis information regarding the orthodontics, Diagnostic information related to pediatric dentistry, diagnostic information related to oral surgery, diagnostic information related to dental aesthetics, and the like may be included. Furthermore, the “diagnosis information” includes information such as a treatment policy or treatment content in consideration of a disease in the medical field caused by periodontal disease, or the influence of taking an anticoagulant on tooth extraction.
 本発明に係る医療用診療装置によれば、より正確に歯科診断における診断情報を出力することができる。 The medical treatment apparatus according to the present invention can output diagnostic information in dental diagnosis more accurately.
診療装置の概略を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the outline of a medical treatment apparatus. 診療装置の側面および平面を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the side and plane of a medical device. 診療テーブルに収納された腕部本体の動作を示す図である。It is a figure which shows operation | movement of the arm part main body accommodated in the medical treatment table. 伸縮アームの内部構造を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the internal structure of an expansion-contraction arm. 診療装置の内部構成の概略を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the outline of an internal structure of a medical device. 制御装置の内部構成の概略を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the outline of the internal structure of a control apparatus. 制御装置の内部構成の概略を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the outline of the internal structure of a control apparatus. 外部サーバが記憶する歯科情報テーブルを説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the dental information table which an external server memorize | stores. 口腔の3次元画像およびX線画像を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the three-dimensional image and X-ray image of an oral cavity. 疾患情報を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating disease information. 診療装置が記憶する疾患画像関連テーブルおよび口腔画像関連テーブルを説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the disease image relevant table and oral cavity image relevant table which a medical treatment apparatus memorize | stores. 診療装置が記憶する診断基準テーブルを説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the diagnostic reference table which a medical device memorize | stores. う蝕の診断を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the diagnosis of a caries. 歯周病の診断を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the diagnosis of periodontal disease. 外部サーバが記憶する医科情報テーブルを説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the medical information table which an external server memorize | stores. 診療装置が記憶する関連情報テーブルを説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the relevant information table which a medical device memorize | stores. 診療支援処理を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating a medical treatment support process. 診療処理を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating medical treatment processing. 変形例に係る診療装置の概略を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the outline of the medical treatment apparatus which concerns on a modification.
 本実施の形態について、図面を参照しながら説明する。本実施の形態においては、医療用診療装置(以下、診療装置とも称する)の1つの例示的形態として、歯科分野で用いることが可能な診療装置1について説明する。なお、診療には、診断および治療が含まれる。 This embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings. In the present embodiment, a medical device 1 that can be used in the dental field will be described as an exemplary form of a medical medical device (hereinafter also referred to as a medical device). The medical treatment includes diagnosis and treatment.
 [診療装置の構成]
 図1は、診療装置1の概略を示す図である。図2は、診療装置1の側面および平面を示す図である。なお、図2(A)は、図1に示す診療装置1の水平方向における側面図である。図2(B)は、図1に示す診療装置1の垂直方向における平面図である。
[Configuration of medical device]
FIG. 1 is a diagram showing an outline of the medical device 1. FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating a side surface and a plane of the medical device 1. 2A is a side view of the medical device 1 shown in FIG. 1 in the horizontal direction. FIG. 2B is a plan view of the medical device 1 shown in FIG. 1 in the vertical direction.
 図1および図2に示されるように、診療装置1は、患者500(以下、単に患者と称す)の口腔を診療するための各種機器が接続された装置台80と、患者を支持する診療台20とを備える。なお、患者は生身の人間であってもよいし、人体模型であってもよいし、頭部模型であってもよい。 As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the medical device 1 includes a device table 80 to which various devices for treating the oral cavity of a patient 500 (hereinafter simply referred to as a patient) are connected, and a medical table that supports the patient. 20. The patient may be a living person, a human body model, or a head model.
 装置台80からは、垂直方向にアーム69が延びている。アーム69には、水平方向に延びるアーム68と、垂直方向に延びるアーム70とがそれぞれ接続されている。アーム70には、さらにアームが水平方向に分岐するようにアーム71およびアーム72がそれぞれ接続されている。アーム68には、関節部67を介してアーム66が接続されている。 The arm 69 extends from the device base 80 in the vertical direction. The arm 69 is connected to an arm 68 extending in the horizontal direction and an arm 70 extending in the vertical direction. An arm 71 and an arm 72 are connected to the arm 70 so that the arm further branches in the horizontal direction. An arm 66 is connected to the arm 68 via a joint portion 67.
 アーム72は、先端部にマイクロフォン(以下、マイクとも称す)4を保持する。マイク4は、たとえば、患者の主訴を音声で取得する。マイク4によって取得された音声データは、制御装置100に入力される。 The arm 72 holds a microphone (hereinafter also referred to as a microphone) 4 at the tip. For example, the microphone 4 acquires the patient's main complaint by voice. The audio data acquired by the microphone 4 is input to the control device 100.
 アーム71は、先端部に俯瞰カメラ9を保持する。俯瞰カメラ9は、治療中の患者の表情および体の動きを撮影する。俯瞰カメラ9によって取得された俯瞰画像データは、制御装置100に入力される。 The arm 71 holds the overhead camera 9 at the tip. The overhead camera 9 captures the facial expression and body movement of the patient being treated. The overhead image data acquired by the overhead camera 9 is input to the control device 100.
 アーム66は、先端部に無影灯7を保持する。無影灯7は、治療中の患者の口腔内を照射する。アーム66は、アーム68に対して関節部67を軸として水平方向または垂直方向に可動する。このようにアーム66が動くことによって、無影灯7は、患者の口腔内を適切に照射する。 The arm 66 holds the surgical light 7 at the tip. The surgical light 7 irradiates the oral cavity of the patient being treated. The arm 66 is movable with respect to the arm 68 in the horizontal direction or the vertical direction about the joint portion 67 as an axis. As the arm 66 moves in this manner, the surgical light 7 appropriately irradiates the patient's oral cavity.
 装置台80の上面には、図示しないスピットンが設けられている。スピットンには、口を濯ぐコップ給水部や排唾鉢が設けられている。操作パネル5は、診療台20または診療器具30などを駆動するための図示しない複数のスイッチを含み、歯科医師などの術者によって押圧操作される。術者によって操作パネル5が操作されると、その操作信号が制御装置100に入力される。なお、操作パネル5は、診療テーブル10に設けられてもよいし、診療台20に設けられてもよい。また、操作パネル5は、術者が押圧操作できるタッチパネルを含んでいてもよい。 A spiton (not shown) is provided on the upper surface of the apparatus base 80. Spitton has a cup water supply section and a saliva bowl for rinsing the mouth. The operation panel 5 includes a plurality of switches (not shown) for driving the medical table 20 or the medical instrument 30 and is pressed by an operator such as a dentist. When the operator operates the operation panel 5, the operation signal is input to the control device 100. The operation panel 5 may be provided on the medical table 10 or may be provided on the medical table 20. In addition, the operation panel 5 may include a touch panel that can be pressed by an operator.
 装置台80には、スピーカ6が設けられている。スピーカ6は、制御装置100によって出力された診断情報を音声で出力する。診断情報とは、たとえば、口腔の診断結果、治療方針、治療内容、またはこれらを導き出すための補助的な情報である。 The apparatus stand 80 is provided with a speaker 6. The speaker 6 outputs the diagnostic information output by the control device 100 by voice. The diagnostic information is, for example, oral diagnosis results, treatment policies, treatment contents, or auxiliary information for deriving these.
 装置台80には、モニタ8が設けられている。モニタ8は、制御装置100によって出力された診断情報を画像で表示し、患者への説明用としたり、術者への診断情報や診断結果の表示用として使用する。 The device stand 80 is provided with a monitor 8. The monitor 8 displays the diagnostic information output by the control device 100 as an image and is used for explanation to a patient or for displaying diagnostic information and a diagnostic result to an operator.
 装置台80には、可動式の診療テーブル10が設けられている。具体的には、装置台80の上面に設けられた回転部65には、水平方向に移動調整可能であるアーム64が接続されている。アーム64には、関節部63を介して垂直方向に移動調整可能であるアーム62が接続されている。アーム62の先端部には接続部61によって診療テーブル10が接続されている。診療テーブル10の上面は、水平に保たれている。アーム64は、回転部65によって水平方向に回転可能である。アーム62は、関節部63を軸として水平方向または垂直方向に位置調整可能に可動する。このようにアーム64およびアーム62が動くことによって、診療テーブル10は、患者に近づいたり遠ざかったり、また、上下方向の調整も可能である。 The device table 80 is provided with a movable medical table 10. Specifically, an arm 64 that can be moved and adjusted in the horizontal direction is connected to the rotating portion 65 provided on the upper surface of the apparatus base 80. An arm 62 that can be adjusted in the vertical direction is connected to the arm 64 via a joint portion 63. The medical table 10 is connected to the distal end portion of the arm 62 by the connecting portion 61. The upper surface of the medical table 10 is kept horizontal. The arm 64 can be rotated in the horizontal direction by the rotating unit 65. The arm 62 is movable so that the position thereof can be adjusted in the horizontal direction or the vertical direction about the joint portion 63 as an axis. By moving the arm 64 and the arm 62 in this manner, the medical treatment table 10 can be moved closer to or away from the patient, and can be adjusted in the vertical direction.
 診療テーブル10は、内部に複数の診療器具30を収容する。各診療器具30は、制御装置100の制御に基づいて駆動する。 The medical table 10 accommodates a plurality of medical instruments 30 inside. Each medical instrument 30 is driven based on the control of the control device 100.
 診療台20は、背もたれ22に対して傾動調整可能である患者の頭を支えるヘッドレスト21と、座面シート23に対して患者の背中を支える背もたれ22と、患者の臀部を支える座面シート23と、患者の足を支える足置き台24とを含む。ヘッドレスト21、背もたれ22、座面シート23、および足置き台24のそれぞれは、制御装置100の制御に基づいて駆動する。制御装置100によって、ヘッドレスト21、背もたれ22、座面シート23、または足置き台24が駆動すると、診療台20の位置および姿勢が変更される。 The medical table 20 includes a headrest 21 that supports the patient's head that can be tilted and adjusted with respect to the backrest 22, a backrest 22 that supports the patient's back relative to the seat surface sheet 23, and a seat surface sheet 23 that supports the patient's buttocks. And a footrest 24 for supporting the patient's foot. Each of the headrest 21, the backrest 22, the seat surface sheet 23, and the footrest 24 is driven based on the control of the control device 100. When the headrest 21, the backrest 22, the seat sheet 23, or the footrest 24 is driven by the control device 100, the position and posture of the medical table 20 are changed.
 診療台20には、フートコントローラ2が接続されている。フートコントローラ2は、診療台20または診療器具30などを駆動するための術者の操作を受け付ける。フートコントローラ2によって術者の操作が受け付けられると、受付信号が制御装置100に入力される。制御装置100は、フートコントローラ2からの受付信号に基づいて診療台20または診療器具30などを駆動する。術者は、フートコントローラ2を足踏みで操作することができる。 The foot controller 2 is connected to the clinic 20. The foot controller 2 receives an operator's operation for driving the medical table 20 or the medical instrument 30. When the operator's operation is accepted by the foot controller 2, an acceptance signal is input to the control device 100. The control device 100 drives the medical table 20 or the medical device 30 based on the reception signal from the foot controller 2. The surgeon can operate the foot controller 2 by stepping on it.
 [腕部本体の動作]
 図3は、診療テーブル10に収納された腕部本体40の動作を示す図である。診療テーブル10には、図3に示すような腕部本体40が複数並存して収納されており、複数の腕部本体40のそれぞれは、先端部に診療器具30を保持する。各腕部本体40には、各種の診療器具30を駆動するための媒体(電気、空気、水、光、レーザーなど)の供給通路が設けられている。なお、この供給通路は、腕部本体40の内部に設けられるものに限らず、腕部本体40の外部に沿って設けられてもよい。診療器具30ごとに、媒体の種類と供給条件とに応じた個別の供給通路が腕部本体40に設けられてもよい。また、腕部本体40の後方は、筐体を構成する診療テーブル10の内部に固定支持されており、前述したような各種の媒体がアーム62やアーム64の内部に配置された供給通路を通して各診療器具に供給される。診療テーブル10の前方開口は、診療器具30が使用されない場合、診療器具30が外部から見えないように開閉扉で閉鎖されてもよい。
[Operation of arm body]
FIG. 3 is a view showing the operation of the arm main body 40 stored in the medical care table 10. A plurality of arm main bodies 40 as shown in FIG. 3 are accommodated in the medical table 10, and each of the plurality of arm main bodies 40 holds a medical instrument 30 at the tip. Each arm body 40 is provided with a supply passage for a medium (electricity, air, water, light, laser, etc.) for driving various medical instruments 30. The supply passage is not limited to the one provided in the arm main body 40, and may be provided along the outside of the arm main body 40. For each medical instrument 30, an individual supply path corresponding to the type of medium and supply conditions may be provided in the arm body 40. In addition, the rear of the arm body 40 is fixedly supported inside the medical table 10 constituting the housing, and various media as described above are passed through the supply passages arranged in the arms 62 and 64. Supplied to medical equipment. When the medical device 30 is not used, the front opening of the medical table 10 may be closed with an open / close door so that the medical device 30 cannot be seen from the outside.
 図3に示されるように、腕部本体40は、3個の筒状アーム45,46,47を含む伸縮アーム401を備える。3個の筒状アーム45,46,47は、水平方向に伸縮可動するようにかつ相互に回転しないように順次嵌め合わせられることで、伸縮アーム401を構成している。 As shown in FIG. 3, the arm main body 40 includes a telescopic arm 401 including three cylindrical arms 45, 46 and 47. The three cylindrical arms 45, 46, and 47 are sequentially fitted so as to be movable in the horizontal direction and not to rotate with each other, thereby constituting the extendable arm 401.
 図4を参照しながら、伸縮アーム401について詳細に説明する。図4は、伸縮アーム401の内部構造を示す図である。 The telescopic arm 401 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a view showing the internal structure of the telescopic arm 401.
 図4(A)に示されるように、1段目の筒状アーム45には、水平方向にガイド溝403が形成されている。2段目の筒状アーム46には、水平方向にガイド溝404が形成されている。2段目の筒状アーム46の外壁には、1段目の筒状アーム47に形成されたガイド溝403に摺動自在に係合するガイド片405が設けられている。3段目の筒状アーム47の外壁には、2段目の筒状アーム46に形成されたガイド溝404に摺動自在に係合するガイド片406が設けられている。これにより、各筒状アーム45,46,47は、ガイド溝403,404にそれぞれ係合するガイド片405,406により回転が阻止され、水平方向にのみ移動(伸縮)できる。 As shown in FIG. 4A, a guide groove 403 is formed in the horizontal direction in the first-stage cylindrical arm 45. A guide groove 404 is formed in the horizontal direction in the second-stage cylindrical arm 46. A guide piece 405 slidably engaged with a guide groove 403 formed in the first-stage cylindrical arm 47 is provided on the outer wall of the second-stage cylindrical arm 46. A guide piece 406 slidably engaged with a guide groove 404 formed in the second-stage cylindrical arm 46 is provided on the outer wall of the third-stage cylindrical arm 47. Accordingly, the cylindrical arms 45, 46, 47 are prevented from rotating by the guide pieces 405, 406 engaged with the guide grooves 403, 404, respectively, and can move (expand / contract) only in the horizontal direction.
 伸縮アーム401の内部の中央には、2本のねじ軸408,418を含む伸縮ねじ軸407が設けられている。伸縮ねじ軸407は、ねじ軸408の外周にねじ軸418が水平方向に移動自在に且つ相互に回転しないように嵌合するように構成されている。2本のねじ軸408,418は、たとえば、いずれもボールねじである。ねじ軸408の先端部には、水平方向にキー409が設けられている。ねじ軸418の内周には、キー409が係合するキー溝410が形成されている。ねじ軸408,418は、キー溝410に係合するキー409により回転が阻止され、水平方向にのみ移動(伸縮)する。 A telescopic screw shaft 407 including two screw shafts 408 and 418 is provided at the center inside the telescopic arm 401. The telescopic screw shaft 407 is configured to fit on the outer periphery of the screw shaft 408 so that the screw shaft 418 is movable in the horizontal direction and does not rotate with each other. The two screw shafts 408 and 418 are both ball screws, for example. A key 409 is provided in the horizontal direction at the tip of the screw shaft 408. A key groove 410 with which the key 409 engages is formed on the inner periphery of the screw shaft 418. The screw shafts 408 and 418 are prevented from rotating by the key 409 engaged with the key groove 410 and move (expand / contract) only in the horizontal direction.
 図4(B)に示されるように、ねじ軸418の内周には、水平方向にキー溝410用の切欠部を形成した筒状体411が形成されている。伸縮ねじ軸407は、伸縮アーム401内に、伸縮アーム401の軸と同じ水平方向に配置されている。ねじ軸408の基部は、筒状アーム45の基部に設けられた軸支持部412により回転自在に支持されている。軸支持部412の内周には、ねじ軸408を回転自在に支持する軸受413が設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 4B, a cylindrical body 411 is formed on the inner periphery of the screw shaft 418, in which a cutout for the keyway 410 is formed in the horizontal direction. The telescopic screw shaft 407 is disposed in the telescopic arm 401 in the same horizontal direction as the shaft of the telescopic arm 401. The base portion of the screw shaft 408 is rotatably supported by a shaft support portion 412 provided at the base portion of the cylindrical arm 45. A bearing 413 that rotatably supports the screw shaft 408 is provided on the inner periphery of the shaft support portion 412.
 筒状アーム46の基部には、ねじ軸408に螺合するナット414と、ねじ軸408に嵌合したねじ軸418の基部を回転自在に支持する軸支持部415とが設けられている。軸支持部415の内周には、ねじ軸418を回転自在に支持する軸受416が設けられている。 The base of the cylindrical arm 46 is provided with a nut 414 that is screwed onto the screw shaft 408 and a shaft support 415 that rotatably supports the base of the screw shaft 418 fitted to the screw shaft 408. A bearing 416 that rotatably supports the screw shaft 418 is provided on the inner periphery of the shaft support portion 415.
 筒状アーム47の基部には、ねじ軸418に螺合するナット417が設けられている。ねじ軸408,418にそれぞれ螺合するナット414,417は、たとえば、ボールナットである。 A nut 417 that is screwed onto the screw shaft 418 is provided at the base of the cylindrical arm 47. The nuts 414 and 417 screwed into the screw shafts 408 and 418 are, for example, ball nuts.
 2段目の筒状アーム46に軸支持部415を介して支持されたナット414は、1段目の回転軸部材としてのねじ軸408の回転力を直線運動に変えて2段目の筒状アーム46を前進または後退させる。同様に、3段目の筒状アーム47に支持されたナット417は、2段目の回転軸部材としてのねじ軸418の回転力を直線運動に変えて3段目の筒状アーム47を前進または後退させる。 The nut 414 supported by the second-stage cylindrical arm 46 via the shaft support portion 415 changes the rotational force of the screw shaft 408 as the first-stage rotation shaft member into a linear motion, and thus the second-stage cylindrical arm. The arm 46 is moved forward or backward. Similarly, the nut 417 supported by the third-stage cylindrical arm 47 advances the third-stage cylindrical arm 47 by changing the rotational force of the screw shaft 418 as the second-stage rotation shaft member to linear motion. Or retreat.
 伸縮アーム401の後端には、ねじ軸408を回転させる駆動部428が設けられている。駆動部428は、モータ419と、プーリ420,421と、タイミングベルト422とを含む。 A driving unit 428 for rotating the screw shaft 408 is provided at the rear end of the telescopic arm 401. Drive unit 428 includes a motor 419, pulleys 420 and 421, and a timing belt 422.
 このような伸縮アーム401によれば、駆動部418の駆動によって伸縮ねじ軸407の基端のねじ軸408が一方向に回転すると、ねじ軸408に螺合されたナット414の回転により2段目の筒状アーム46が前進する。2段目の筒状アーム46が前進すると、筒状アーム46に設けられた軸支持部415にその基部が支持されているねじ軸418も筒状アーム46と一体となって前進する。同時に、このねじ軸418は、内周に形成されたキー溝410に係合するねじ軸408のキー409によりねじ軸408の回転が伝達される。このため、ねじ軸418は、2段目の筒状アーム46と一体となって前進しながら、ねじ軸408と一体となって回転する。ねじ軸418が回転すると、ねじ軸418に螺合されたナット417の回転により、3段目の筒状アーム47が前進する。一方、ねじ軸408を上記と反対方向に回転させると、2段目の筒状アーム46およびと3段目の筒状アーム47が同時に後退する。 According to such a telescopic arm 401, when the screw shaft 408 at the base end of the telescopic screw shaft 407 is rotated in one direction by driving the drive unit 418, the second stage is generated by the rotation of the nut 414 screwed to the screw shaft 408. The cylindrical arm 46 advances. When the second-stage cylindrical arm 46 advances, the screw shaft 418 whose base is supported by the shaft support 415 provided on the cylindrical arm 46 also advances together with the cylindrical arm 46. At the same time, the rotation of the screw shaft 408 is transmitted to the screw shaft 418 by the key 409 of the screw shaft 408 engaged with the key groove 410 formed on the inner periphery. Therefore, the screw shaft 418 rotates integrally with the screw shaft 408 while moving forward together with the second-stage cylindrical arm 46. When the screw shaft 418 rotates, the third-stage cylindrical arm 47 advances by the rotation of the nut 417 screwed into the screw shaft 418. On the other hand, when the screw shaft 408 is rotated in the opposite direction, the second-stage cylindrical arm 46 and the third-stage cylindrical arm 47 are simultaneously retracted.
 このように、伸縮ねじ軸407の基端のねじ軸408を一方向に回転させると、伸縮アーム401の2段目の筒状アーム46およびと3段目の筒状アーム47が同期して同じ距離だけ前進する。その結果、伸縮アーム401が伸張し、腕部本体40が診療テーブル10から突出する。一方、ねじ軸408を反対方向に回転させると、2段目の筒状アーム46およびと3段目の筒状アーム47が同期して同じ距離だけ後退する。その結果、伸縮アーム401が縮小し、腕部本体40が診療テーブル10にコンパクトに収納する。 As described above, when the screw shaft 408 at the base end of the telescopic screw shaft 407 is rotated in one direction, the second-stage cylindrical arm 46 and the third-stage cylindrical arm 47 of the telescopic arm 401 are synchronized and the same. Move forward a distance. As a result, the telescopic arm 401 extends, and the arm body 40 protrudes from the medical table 10. On the other hand, when the screw shaft 408 is rotated in the opposite direction, the second-stage cylindrical arm 46 and the third-stage cylindrical arm 47 are synchronously moved backward by the same distance. As a result, the telescopic arm 401 is reduced, and the arm unit main body 40 is stored in the medical table 10 in a compact manner.
 なお、本実施の形態においては、伸縮アーム401を構成する筒状アーム45,46,47が同軸状に形成された円筒状であるが、角筒状であってもよい。伸縮アーム401は、3個の筒状ア-ム45,46,47で構成されているものに限らず、2個または4個以上の筒状ア-ムで構成されてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the cylindrical arms 45, 46, and 47 constituting the telescopic arm 401 are formed in a coaxial shape, but may be formed in a rectangular tube shape. The telescopic arm 401 is not limited to the one constituted by the three cylindrical arms 45, 46, 47, but may be constituted by two or four or more cylindrical arms.
 再び図3を参照して、腕部本体40を説明する。筒状アーム46は、図4で説明した伸縮動作によって、伸縮部37を基準にして、筒状ア-ム45に収納されたり、筒状ア-ム45から突出したりする。同様に、筒状アーム47は、伸縮部36を基準にして、筒状ア-ム46に収納されたり、筒状ア-ム46から突出したりする。このような筒状アーム46,47による伸縮によって伸縮アーム401が水平方向に伸縮する。たとえば、図3(A)に示されるように、伸縮アーム401が完全に縮んだ場合、腕部本体40が診療テーブル10に完全に収納される。一方、図3(B)~(D)に示されるように、伸縮アーム401が伸びた場合、腕部本体40が診療テーブル10から突出する。 Referring to FIG. 3 again, the arm body 40 will be described. The cylindrical arm 46 is accommodated in the cylindrical arm 45 or protrudes from the cylindrical arm 45 based on the expansion / contraction part 37 by the expansion / contraction operation described in FIG. Similarly, the cylindrical arm 47 is accommodated in the cylindrical arm 46 or protrudes from the cylindrical arm 46 with the expansion / contraction part 36 as a reference. The telescopic arm 401 expands and contracts in the horizontal direction by such expansion and contraction by the cylindrical arms 46 and 47. For example, as shown in FIG. 3A, when the telescopic arm 401 is completely contracted, the arm body 40 is completely stored in the medical table 10. On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 3B to 3D, when the telescopic arm 401 is extended, the arm main body 40 protrudes from the medical treatment table 10.
 筒状ア-ム47には、駆動部35を介して筒状ア-ム44が接続されている。駆動部35は、たとえばモータであり、図3(B)に示されるように、その回転軸35aが回転すると、筒状ア-ム47に対して周方向に筒状ア-ム44が回転する。 A cylindrical arm 44 is connected to the cylindrical arm 47 via a drive unit 35. The drive unit 35 is, for example, a motor. As shown in FIG. 3B, when the rotary shaft 35a rotates, the cylindrical arm 44 rotates in the circumferential direction with respect to the cylindrical arm 47. .
 筒状ア-ム44には、駆動部34を介して筒状ア-ム43が接続されている。図3(C)に示されるように、駆動部34は、モータであり、その回転軸34aが回転すると、筒状ア-ム44に対して垂直方向にア-ム43が回転する。 A cylindrical arm 43 is connected to the cylindrical arm 44 via a drive unit 34. As shown in FIG. 3C, the drive unit 34 is a motor, and when the rotation shaft 34a rotates, the arm 43 rotates in a direction perpendicular to the cylindrical arm 44.
 筒状ア-ム43には、伸縮部33を介してア-ム42が接続されている。図3(B)に示されるように、ア-ム42は、伸縮部33を基準にして、筒状ア-ム43に収納されたり、筒状ア-ム43から突出したりする。 The arm 42 is connected to the cylindrical arm 43 via the telescopic part 33. As shown in FIG. 3B, the arm 42 is housed in the cylindrical arm 43 or protrudes from the cylindrical arm 43 with reference to the stretchable portion 33.
 ア-ム42には、駆動部32を介してア-ム41が接続されている。駆動部32は、たとえばモータであり、図3(C)に示されるように、その回転軸32aが回転すると、ア-ム42に対して垂直方向にア-ム41が回転する。 The arm 42 is connected to the arm 42 via the drive unit 32. The drive unit 32 is, for example, a motor. As shown in FIG. 3C, when the rotary shaft 32a rotates, the arm 41 rotates in a direction perpendicular to the arm 42.
 ア-ム41には、接続部31に診療器具30が接続されている。接続部31は、図示しないモータを含み、図3(D)に示されるように、その回転軸31aが回転すると、ア-ム41に対して周方向に診療器具30が回転する。回転軸34aと回転軸32aとは、90度異なる角度に配置されているので、片方のアームが水平方向に屈曲する場合、他方のアームは垂直方向に屈曲するように構成されている。 The medical instrument 30 is connected to the connection portion 31 of the arm 41. The connection portion 31 includes a motor (not shown). As shown in FIG. 3D, when the rotation shaft 31a rotates, the medical instrument 30 rotates in the circumferential direction with respect to the arm 41. Since the rotating shaft 34a and the rotating shaft 32a are disposed at an angle different by 90 degrees, when one arm bends in the horizontal direction, the other arm is configured to bend in the vertical direction.
 このように、診療テーブル10には、接続部31で診療器具30を保持する複数の腕部本体40が収納されており、各腕部本体40は、長手方向への伸縮、長手方向に対する屈曲、および長手方向に対する周方向への回転が可能である。診療装置1は、このように複数の腕部本体40を駆動することで、患者の口腔内に診療器具30を近づけたり遠ざけたりすることができ、治療内容に従って適切な位置に診療器具30を配置することができる。なお、腕部本体40は、後述する口腔カメラ55も接続部31で保持することができる。診療装置1は、腕部本体40を駆動することで、患者の口腔内に口腔カメラ55を近づけたり遠ざけたりすることができ、治療内容に従って適切な位置に口腔カメラ55を配置することができる。 In this manner, the medical table 10 stores a plurality of arm main bodies 40 that hold the medical instrument 30 at the connection portion 31, and each arm main body 40 is expanded and contracted in the longitudinal direction, bent in the longitudinal direction, Further, rotation in the circumferential direction with respect to the longitudinal direction is possible. The medical device 1 can move the medical device 30 closer to or away from the patient's oral cavity by driving the plurality of arm main bodies 40 in this way, and the medical device 30 is disposed at an appropriate position according to the treatment content. can do. In addition, the arm part main body 40 can hold | maintain the oral camera 55 mentioned later by the connection part 31. FIG. The medical device 1 can drive the arm main body 40 to move the oral camera 55 closer to or away from the patient's oral cavity, and can place the oral camera 55 at an appropriate position according to the treatment content.
 なお、腕部本体40は、接続部31において診療器具30または口腔カメラ55を保持するものに限らず、診療器具30または口腔カメラ55を先端部に内蔵するものであってもよい。また、腕部本体40が保持する診療器具30に撮像素子(口腔カメラ55に対応)を内蔵するものであってもよい。 In addition, the arm main body 40 is not limited to the one that holds the medical instrument 30 or the oral camera 55 in the connection part 31, and may be one that incorporates the medical instrument 30 or the oral camera 55 in the distal end portion. Further, the medical device 30 held by the arm main body 40 may incorporate an imaging element (corresponding to the oral camera 55).
 各腕部本体40は、長手方向への伸縮、長手方向に対する屈曲、および長手方向に対する周方向への回転の少なくともいずれかが可能であってもよく、これら以外の動作が可能であってもよい。 Each arm part main body 40 may be capable of at least one of expansion and contraction in the longitudinal direction, bending in the longitudinal direction, and rotation in the circumferential direction with respect to the longitudinal direction, and operations other than these may be possible. .
 各腕部本体40の動作は、モータに限らず、油圧ピストンまたは空圧ピストンの駆動力によって行われてもよい。 The operation of each arm portion main body 40 is not limited to a motor, and may be performed by a driving force of a hydraulic piston or a pneumatic piston.
 [診療装置の内部構成]
 図5は、診療装置1の内部構成の概略を示すブロック図である。図5に示されるように、診療装置1においては、制御装置100に複数種類の機器が接続されている。
[Internal configuration of medical device]
FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an outline of the internal configuration of the medical device 1. As shown in FIG. 5, in the medical device 1, a plurality of types of devices are connected to the control device 100.
 制御装置100には、診療台20と、フートコントローラ2と、スピーカ6と、モニタ8と、俯瞰カメラ9と、無影灯7と、マイク4と、診療テーブル10と、通信インターフェース50と、操作パネル5とが接続されている。なお、制御装置100には、これら以外の機器が接続されてもよく、たとえば、患者がうがいをするためのベースンユニットが接続されてもよい。ベースンユニットは、装置台80と一体型であってもよい。 The control device 100 includes a medical table 20, a foot controller 2, a speaker 6, a monitor 8, a bird's-eye camera 9, a surgical light 7, a microphone 4, a medical table 10, a communication interface 50, and an operation. Panel 5 is connected. Note that devices other than these devices may be connected to the control device 100, and for example, a basin unit for a patient to gargle may be connected. The basin unit may be integrated with the device base 80.
 診療テーブル10は、診療器具30が接続された複数の腕部本体40を備える。たとえば、腕部本体40aには、エアタ-ビンハンドピースである診療器具30aが接続されている。腕部本体40bには、診療器具30aとは異なるエアタ-ビンハンドピースである診療器具30bが接続されている。腕部本体40cには、マイクロモータハンドピースである診療器具30cが接続されている。腕部本体40dには、スケーラである診療器具30dが接続されている。腕部本体40eには、スリーウェイシリンジである診療器具30eが接続されている。 The medical table 10 includes a plurality of arm main bodies 40 to which a medical instrument 30 is connected. For example, a medical instrument 30a, which is an air turbine handpiece, is connected to the arm main body 40a. A medical instrument 30b, which is an air turbine handpiece different from the medical instrument 30a, is connected to the arm main body 40b. A medical instrument 30c, which is a micromotor handpiece, is connected to the arm main body 40c. A medical instrument 30d, which is a scaler, is connected to the arm main body 40d. A medical instrument 30e, which is a three-way syringe, is connected to the arm main body 40e.
 なお、診療器具30は、デンタルミラー、バキュームシリンジ、またはスリーウェイシリンジなどの非侵襲性の診療器具であってもよい。また、診療器具30は、エアタ-ビンハンドピース、マイクロモータハンドピース、またはレーザーハンドピースなどの侵襲性の診療器具であってもよい。具体的には、診療器具30は、歯牙を切削するエアタービンハンドピースまたはマイクロモータハンドピース、歯石除去を行うスケーラハンドピースの他、レーザーハンドピース、根管治療用モータ、またはエアモータハンドピースであってもよい。この他、診療器具30は、口腔内の唾液や血液を排出するバキュームハンドピース、光重合照射器、充填器、歯面清掃器、粉体噴射器、またはデンタルミラーなどであってもよい。 Note that the medical instrument 30 may be a noninvasive medical instrument such as a dental mirror, a vacuum syringe, or a three-way syringe. The medical device 30 may be an invasive medical device such as an air turbine handpiece, a micromotor handpiece, or a laser handpiece. Specifically, the medical instrument 30 is an air turbine handpiece or micromotor handpiece for cutting teeth, a scaler handpiece for removing calculus, a laser handpiece, a root canal treatment motor, or an air motor handpiece. May be. In addition, the medical instrument 30 may be a vacuum handpiece that discharges saliva or blood in the oral cavity, a photopolymerization irradiator, a filling device, a tooth surface cleaner, a powder injector, or a dental mirror.
 複数の腕部本体40のうち、腕部本体40fには、口腔カメラ55が接続されている。口腔カメラ55は、患者の口腔内を撮影する。口腔カメラ55によって取得された口腔画像に基づくデータ(口腔画像データとも称する)は、制御装置100に入力される。なお、本実施の形態に係る口腔カメラ55は、3次元で口腔内を撮影する3次元口腔スキャナであるが、2次元で口腔内を撮影する光学カメラであってもよい。口腔カメラ55により口腔内の3次元形状を取得する構成としては、合焦法、共焦点法、三角測量法、白色干渉法、ステレオ法、フォトグラメトリ法、SLAM法(Simultaneous Localization and Mapping)、光干渉断層法(Optical Coherence Tomography: OCT)などが挙げられる。また、歯石、歯垢、う蝕部、レジン充填物などの異変部に、ある特定の波長を有する励起光を照射すると、蛍光を発することが知られている。このことから、口腔カメラ55は、特定の波長の光を発する光源をフィルターを介して受光する蛍光カメラであってもよい。さらに、本実施の形態に係る口腔カメラ55のような光学系のカメラに限らず、X線装置によって撮影された口腔画像が制御装置100に入力されてもよい。すなわち、制御装置100によって取得される口腔画像は、光学画像およびX線画像のいずれであってもよい。また、X線画像としては、単純透過X線画像のみならず、X線パノラマ断層画像やX線平面断層画像、X線CT画像、X線ボリューム画像などであってもよい。 The mouth camera 55 is connected to the arm body 40f among the plurality of arm bodies 40. The oral camera 55 images the patient's oral cavity. Data based on the oral image acquired by the oral camera 55 (also referred to as oral image data) is input to the control device 100. Note that the oral camera 55 according to the present embodiment is a three-dimensional oral scanner that images the oral cavity in three dimensions, but may be an optical camera that captures the oral cavity in two dimensions. As a configuration for acquiring a three-dimensional shape in the oral cavity by the oral camera 55, focusing method, confocal method, triangulation method, white interference method, stereo method, photogrammetry method, SLAM method (Simultaneous Localization and Mapping), Examples include optical coherence tomography (OCT). In addition, it is known that fluorescence is emitted when an abnormal part such as tartar, plaque, caries, and resin filling is irradiated with excitation light having a specific wavelength. Therefore, the oral camera 55 may be a fluorescent camera that receives a light source that emits light of a specific wavelength through a filter. Furthermore, not only an optical camera such as the oral camera 55 according to the present embodiment, but also an oral image captured by an X-ray apparatus may be input to the control device 100. That is, the oral image acquired by the control device 100 may be either an optical image or an X-ray image. The X-ray image may be not only a simple transmission X-ray image but also an X-ray panoramic tomographic image, an X-ray planar tomographic image, an X-ray CT image, an X-ray volume image, and the like.
 通信インターフェース50は、有線通信または無線通信によって、外部サーバ1000と通信する。図示は省略するが、外部サーバ1000は、当該外部サーバ1000とネットワークを介して接続された各種施設に配置された装置と通信する。たとえば、外部サーバ1000は、大学病院、歯科大学、一般医療系大学、歯科医院、内科医院、産婦人科医院、整形外科医院、または薬局などの医療機関に配置された装置と通信する。 The communication interface 50 communicates with the external server 1000 by wired communication or wireless communication. Although illustration is omitted, the external server 1000 communicates with devices arranged in various facilities connected to the external server 1000 via a network. For example, the external server 1000 communicates with a device disposed in a medical institution such as a university hospital, dental university, general medical university, dental clinic, internal medicine clinic, obstetrics and gynecology clinic, orthopedic clinic, or pharmacy.
 たとえば、外部サーバ1000は、診療装置1に限らず、歯科診断を行う他の診療装置とも通信する。つまり、複数の診療装置1がネットワークを介して外部サーバ1000に接続されている。ネットワークで接続される診療装置1は、同じ院内に配置されてもよいし、異なる院内に配置されてもよい。また、外部サーバ1000は、院内に配置されてもよいし、院外に配置されてもよい。たとえば、いわゆるクラウドサービスのような形態で複数の診療装置1のそれぞれが外部サーバ1000とネットワークで接続されており、外部サーバ1000は、いずれの診療装置1が配置された院内とは異なる遠隔地に存在するクラウドコンピュータであってもよい。 For example, the external server 1000 communicates with not only the medical device 1 but also other medical devices that perform dental diagnosis. That is, a plurality of medical devices 1 are connected to the external server 1000 via the network. The medical devices 1 connected via a network may be arranged in the same hospital or in different hospitals. In addition, the external server 1000 may be arranged in the hospital or outside the hospital. For example, in the form of a so-called cloud service, each of a plurality of medical apparatuses 1 is connected to the external server 1000 via a network, and the external server 1000 is located at a remote location different from the hospital where any of the medical apparatuses 1 is arranged. It may be an existing cloud computer.
 外部サーバ1000は、ネットワークで接続された各診療装置1を利用する患者の口腔画像データを、疾患画像データとして蓄積して記憶する。また、外部サーバ1000は、各診療装置1を利用する患者の診断情報を疾患情報として蓄積して記憶する。この他、外部サーバ1000は、学会などに発表された疾患画像、歯科、口腔外科領域の学術誌や教科書に記載されている疾患画像を記憶してもよい。疾患画像データおよび疾患情報などの歯科診断に関する情報は歯科情報と称する。外部サーバ1000は、歯科情報を、患者を識別するためのIDおよび患者に関する情報(患者情報とも称する)に紐付けて記憶する。外部サーバ1000に記憶される患者ごとの歯科情報は、ネットワークで接続された各診療装置1から出力される新たな歯科情報が蓄積されることで、いわゆるビッグデータとなる。なお、患者を識別するためのIDは、たとえば、保険証の番号、または国民一人一人に割り当てられた個人番号であってもよく、ネットワークで接続された医療機関を利用する患者に割り当てられた識別番号などであってもよい。また、ネットワークで接続する場合は、患者の個人情報の保護に配慮して患者名を隠したり、匿名化または暗号化してもよい。 The external server 1000 accumulates and stores the oral image data of the patient who uses each medical device 1 connected via the network as the disease image data. In addition, the external server 1000 accumulates and stores diagnosis information of patients who use each medical device 1 as disease information. In addition, the external server 1000 may store disease images presented in academic societies and the like, and disease images described in academic journals and textbooks in the dentistry and oral surgery fields. Information related to dental diagnosis such as disease image data and disease information is referred to as dental information. The external server 1000 stores the dental information in association with an ID for identifying the patient and information related to the patient (also referred to as patient information). The dental information for each patient stored in the external server 1000 becomes so-called big data by accumulating new dental information output from each medical device 1 connected via the network. The ID for identifying a patient may be, for example, an insurance card number or a personal number assigned to each citizen, and an identification assigned to a patient using a medical institution connected via a network. It may be a number. When connecting via a network, the patient name may be hidden, anonymized or encrypted in consideration of protection of the patient's personal information.
 さらに、外部サーバ1000は、歯科医院または内科医院などの医療機関に配置された装置と通信することで、これら医療機関で診断された患者のカルテおよび検査結果などの過去の診断結果、患者の体質、または患者に対する投薬などの情報を蓄積して記憶する。これら医科診断に関する情報は医科情報と称する。外部サーバ1000は、取得した医科情報を、前述した患者を識別するためのIDおよび患者情報に紐付けて記憶する。外部サーバ1000においては、医療機関で患者に対する診断が行われたり薬が処方されたりする度に新たな医科情報が蓄積され、これら蓄積された医科情報はいわゆるビッグデータとなる。 Furthermore, the external server 1000 communicates with a device arranged in a medical institution such as a dental clinic or an internal medicine clinic, so that past diagnosis results such as medical records and examination results of patients diagnosed in these medical institutions, patient constitutions, and the like. Or accumulate and store information such as medications for the patient. Information regarding these medical diagnoses is referred to as medical information. The external server 1000 stores the acquired medical information in association with the ID and patient information for identifying the patient described above. In the external server 1000, new medical information is accumulated every time a patient is diagnosed or a medicine is prescribed in a medical institution, and the accumulated medical information becomes so-called big data.
 [制御装置の内部構成]
 図6および図7は、制御装置100の内部構成の概略を示すブロック図である。図6および図7に示されるように、制御装置100は、記憶部160に記憶された複数種類のデータに基づいた制御を行う複数種類の機能部を有する。制御装置100が有する各機能部は、たとえば、CPU(Central Processing Unit)によって実現される。記憶部160は、たとえば、ROM(Read Only Memory)およびRAM(Random Access Memory)などのメモリによって実現される。
[Internal configuration of control device]
6 and 7 are block diagrams showing an outline of the internal configuration of the control device 100. FIG. As shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, the control device 100 has a plurality of types of functional units that perform control based on a plurality of types of data stored in the storage unit 160. Each function part which control device 100 has is realized by CPU (Central Processing Unit), for example. The storage unit 160 is realized by a memory such as a ROM (Read Only Memory) and a RAM (Random Access Memory).
 制御装置100は、テーブル制御部110を有する。テーブル制御部110は、記憶部160に記憶されたテーブル制御データに基づいて、診療テーブル10を駆動する。テーブル制御データは、診断部170によって作成され、記憶部160に記憶された診断情報に基づいて診療テーブル10を駆動するためのデータを含む。 The control device 100 includes a table control unit 110. The table control unit 110 drives the medical care table 10 based on the table control data stored in the storage unit 160. The table control data includes data for driving the medical care table 10 based on the diagnostic information created by the diagnostic unit 170 and stored in the storage unit 160.
 制御装置100は、腕部制御部111を有する。腕部制御部111は、記憶部160に記憶された腕部制御データに基づいて、各腕部本体40を駆動する。腕部制御データは、診断部170によって作成され、記憶部160に記憶された診断情報に基づいて各腕部本体40を駆動するためのデータを含む。たとえば、腕部制御データには、治療内容に沿って使用される腕部本体40の種類、治療内容に沿って使用される腕部本体40の順序、および治療内容に沿って駆動する腕部本体40の駆動データなどが含まれる。 The control device 100 includes an arm control unit 111. The arm control unit 111 drives each arm unit body 40 based on the arm control data stored in the storage unit 160. The arm control data includes data for driving each arm body 40 based on the diagnosis information created by the diagnosis unit 170 and stored in the storage unit 160. For example, in the arm control data, the type of the arm body 40 used along the treatment content, the order of the arm body 40 used along the treatment content, and the arm body driven along the treatment content 40 drive data and the like are included.
 たとえば、腕部制御部111は、腕部制御データに基づいて、治療内容に沿うように各腕部本体40の使用順序を決定する。腕部制御部111は、決定した順序に従って各腕部本体40の位置および姿勢の少なくともいずれかを変更する。 For example, the arm control unit 111 determines the use order of the arm main bodies 40 based on the treatment content based on the arm control data. The arm control unit 111 changes at least one of the position and posture of each arm body 40 according to the determined order.
 制御装置100は、診療器具制御部131を有する。診療器具制御部131は、記憶部160に記憶された診療器具制御データに基づいて、各診療器具30を駆動する。診療器具制御データは、診断部170によって作成され、記憶部160に記憶された診断情報に基づいて各診療器具30を駆動するためのデータを含む。診療器具制御データは、制御装置100に接続された診療器具30の種類ごとに準備される。たとえば、診療器具制御データには、治療内容に沿って使用される診療器具30の種類、治療内容に沿って使用される診療器具30の順序、および治療内容に沿って駆動する診療器具30の駆動データ(診療器具30の種類に応じた駆動制御データ、切削工具の種類、回転数、回転速度、回転方向、回転パターンといった各種設定値など)、などが含まれる。 The control device 100 includes a medical instrument control unit 131. The medical instrument control unit 131 drives each medical instrument 30 based on the medical instrument control data stored in the storage unit 160. The medical instrument control data includes data for driving each medical instrument 30 based on the diagnostic information created by the diagnostic unit 170 and stored in the storage unit 160. The medical instrument control data is prepared for each type of medical instrument 30 connected to the control device 100. For example, in the medical instrument control data, the type of the medical instrument 30 used along the treatment content, the order of the medical instrument 30 used along the treatment content, and the driving of the medical instrument 30 driven along the treatment content Data (drive control data corresponding to the type of the medical instrument 30, various types of setting values such as the type of cutting tool, the number of rotations, the rotation speed, the rotation direction, and the rotation pattern).
 たとえば、診療器具制御部131は、診療器具制御データに基づいて、治療内容に沿うように各診療器具30の使用順序を決定する。診療器具制御部131は、決定した順序に従って各診療器具30を適切な状態で駆動する。 For example, the medical instrument control unit 131 determines the order of use of the respective medical instruments 30 along the treatment content based on the medical instrument control data. The medical instrument control unit 131 drives each medical instrument 30 in an appropriate state according to the determined order.
 診療器具制御部131は、接続された各診療器具30の種類、位置、姿勢、または駆動状態などのデータを診療器具状態データとして取得する。取得された診療器具状態データは、診療器具30の種類ごとに記憶部160に記憶される。制御装置100は、記憶部160に記憶された診療器具状態データに基づいて、各診療器具30の種類、位置、姿勢、および駆動状態を把握することができる。なお、診療器具制御データには、後述する異常情報に基づく駆動データも含まれる。 The medical instrument control unit 131 acquires data such as the type, position, posture, or driving state of each connected medical instrument 30 as medical instrument state data. The acquired medical device state data is stored in the storage unit 160 for each type of the medical device 30. The control device 100 can grasp the type, position, posture, and driving state of each medical instrument 30 based on the medical instrument state data stored in the storage unit 160. The medical instrument control data includes drive data based on abnormality information described later.
 制御装置100は、診療台制御部120を有する。診療台制御部120は、記憶部160に記憶された診療台制御データに基づいて、診療台20を駆動する。診療台制御データは、診断部170によって作成され、記憶部160に記憶された診断情報に基づいて診療台を駆動するためのデータを含む。診療台制御データは、制御装置100に接続された診療台20の種類ごとに準備される。 The control device 100 includes a clinical table control unit 120. The clinical table control unit 120 drives the clinical table 20 based on the clinical table control data stored in the storage unit 160. The clinical table control data includes data for driving the clinical table based on the diagnostic information created by the diagnostic unit 170 and stored in the storage unit 160. The clinical table control data is prepared for each type of the clinical table 20 connected to the control device 100.
 たとえば、診療台制御部120は、口腔内の治療部位に応じた最適姿勢を患者が取れるように、治療部位や診療台制御データに基づいて、治療内容に沿うように診療台20の位置または姿勢を変更する。 For example, the clinical table control unit 120 is configured so that the position or posture of the clinical table 20 is in line with the treatment content based on the treatment site and the treatment table control data so that the patient can take an optimal posture according to the treatment site in the oral cavity. To change.
 診療台制御部120は、診療台20の種類、位置、または姿勢などのデータを診療台状態データとして取得し、記憶部160に記憶させる。制御装置100は、記憶部160に記憶された診療台状態データに基づいて、診療台20の種類、位置、および姿勢を把握することができる。なお、診療台制御データには、後述する異常情報に基づく駆動データも含まれる。 The medical table control unit 120 acquires data such as the type, position, or posture of the medical table 20 as medical table state data and stores the data in the storage unit 160. The control device 100 can grasp the type, position, and posture of the medical table 20 based on the medical table status data stored in the storage unit 160. The medical table control data includes drive data based on abnormality information described later.
 制御装置100は、口腔画像取得部140を有する。口腔画像取得部140は、口腔カメラ55によって取得された患者の口腔画像を取得する。口腔画像取得部140は、取得した口腔画像に基づいて、歯牙の特徴量および歯周組織の特徴量を算出し、それらのデータを口腔画像データとして記憶部160に記憶させる。なお、口腔画像取得部140は、腕部本体40が保持する口腔カメラ55から口腔画像を取得するものに限らず、口腔カメラ55以外のカメラから口腔画像を取得してもよい。たとえば、口腔画像取得部140は、X線装置によって撮影された口腔のX線画像を口腔画像として取得してもよい。もしくは、口腔画像取得部140は、CT撮影装置によって撮影された口腔の断層面画像を口腔画像として取得してもよい。 The control device 100 has an oral image acquisition unit 140. The oral image acquisition unit 140 acquires the oral image of the patient acquired by the oral camera 55. The oral image acquisition unit 140 calculates the feature amount of the tooth and the feature amount of the periodontal tissue based on the acquired oral image, and stores the data in the storage unit 160 as oral image data. The oral image acquisition unit 140 is not limited to acquiring an oral image from the oral camera 55 held by the arm main body 40, and may acquire an oral image from a camera other than the oral camera 55. For example, the oral cavity image acquisition unit 140 may acquire an oral X-ray image captured by an X-ray device as an oral cavity image. Or the oral cavity image acquisition part 140 may acquire the tomographic plane image of the oral cavity image | photographed with CT imaging device as an oral cavity image.
 制御装置100は、歯科情報取得部141を有する。歯科情報取得部141は、通信インターフェース50を介して外部サーバ1000から取得された歯科情報(疾患画像データ,疾患情報など)を取得し、記憶部160に記憶させる。 The control device 100 includes a dental information acquisition unit 141. The dental information acquisition unit 141 acquires dental information (disease image data, disease information, etc.) acquired from the external server 1000 via the communication interface 50 and stores it in the storage unit 160.
 制御装置100は、医科情報取得部142を有する。医科情報取得部142は、通信インターフェース50を介して外部サーバ1000から取得された医科情報を取得し、記憶部160に記憶させる。 The control device 100 includes a medical information acquisition unit 142. The medical information acquisition unit 142 acquires medical information acquired from the external server 1000 via the communication interface 50 and stores it in the storage unit 160.
 制御装置100は、人工知能部180を有する。人工知能部180は、機械学習部または深層学習部とも称され、記憶部160に記憶された歯科情報などに基づいて、機械学習または深層学習によって診断基準データを更新する。診断基準データは、診断部170によって患者の口腔を診断する際に用いられるデータであり、記憶部160内の診断基準テーブル(後述する図12のテーブル)に格納されている。さらに、人工知能部180は、記憶部160に記憶された医科情報や既存の論文または学会データなどに基づいて、機械学習または深層学習によって関連情報データを更新する。関連情報データは、歯科診断を行う際の医科診断を考慮した注意事項などの関連情報が含まれており、記憶部160内の関連情報テーブル(後述する図16のテーブル)に格納されている。 The control device 100 has an artificial intelligence unit 180. The artificial intelligence unit 180 is also referred to as a machine learning unit or a deep learning unit, and updates diagnostic reference data by machine learning or deep learning based on dental information stored in the storage unit 160. The diagnosis reference data is data used when the diagnosis unit 170 diagnoses the oral cavity of the patient, and is stored in a diagnosis reference table (table shown in FIG. 12 described later) in the storage unit 160. Further, the artificial intelligence unit 180 updates the related information data by machine learning or deep learning based on medical information stored in the storage unit 160, existing papers or academic society data, and the like. The related information data includes related information such as precautions considering medical diagnosis when performing a dental diagnosis, and is stored in a related information table (table in FIG. 16 described later) in the storage unit 160.
 診断部170は、記憶部160に記憶された口腔画像データと、記憶部160に記憶された診断基準データとに基づいて、患者の口腔を診断する。さらに、診断部170は、その診断結果と、記憶部160に記憶された関連情報とに基づいて、最終的な歯科診断を行い、その診断情報を出力する。診断部170によって出力された診断情報は、記憶部160に記憶される。 The diagnosis unit 170 diagnoses the oral cavity of the patient based on the oral image data stored in the storage unit 160 and the diagnostic reference data stored in the storage unit 160. Furthermore, the diagnosis unit 170 performs a final dental diagnosis based on the diagnosis result and the related information stored in the storage unit 160, and outputs the diagnosis information. The diagnostic information output by the diagnostic unit 170 is stored in the storage unit 160.
 制御装置100は、俯瞰画像取得部109を有する。俯瞰画像取得部109は、俯瞰カメラ9によって取得された俯瞰画像データを取得し、記憶部160に記憶させる。 The control device 100 includes an overhead image acquisition unit 109. The overhead image acquisition unit 109 acquires the overhead image data acquired by the overhead camera 9 and stores the acquired overhead image data in the storage unit 160.
 制御装置100は、音声取得部104を有する。音声取得部104は、マイク4によって取得された音声データを取得し、記憶部160に記憶させる。 The control device 100 includes a voice acquisition unit 104. The sound acquisition unit 104 acquires the sound data acquired by the microphone 4 and stores it in the storage unit 160.
 制御装置100は、スピーカ6を制御する音声出力部106を有する。音声出力部106は、記憶部160に記憶された診断情報をスピーカ6に音声で出力させる。 The control device 100 includes an audio output unit 106 that controls the speaker 6. The audio output unit 106 causes the speaker 6 to output the diagnostic information stored in the storage unit 160 with audio.
 制御装置100は、モニタ8を制御する表示部108を有する。表示部108は、記憶部160に記憶された診断情報をモニタ8に画像で表示させる。 The control device 100 includes a display unit 108 that controls the monitor 8. The display unit 108 displays the diagnostic information stored in the storage unit 160 on the monitor 8 as an image.
 制御装置100は、異常検知部119を有する。異常検知部119は、記憶部160に記憶された俯瞰画像データおよび音声データに基づいて、患者の異常を検知する。異常検知部119は、患者の異常を検知すると、患者の異常を特定可能な異常情報を記憶部160に記憶させる。 The control device 100 has an abnormality detection unit 119. The abnormality detection unit 119 detects a patient abnormality based on the bird's-eye view image data and audio data stored in the storage unit 160. When the abnormality detection unit 119 detects a patient abnormality, the abnormality detection unit 119 causes the storage unit 160 to store abnormality information that can identify the patient abnormality.
 たとえば、異常検知部119は、俯瞰画像データに基づいて、診療台20に着席している患者の姿勢を解析する。記憶部160には、患者の正常姿勢を示す複数のデータが予め記憶されている。たとえば、記憶部160には、診療台20に正常姿勢で着席している患者の四肢(両手および両足)の位置に関するデータが記憶されている。異常検知部119は、診療台20に着席している患者の姿勢を解析することで、患者の四肢(両手および両足)の位置を検出する。異常検知部119は、検出した患者の四肢の位置と、記憶部160に予め記憶されている診療台20に正常姿勢で着席している患者の四肢の位置とを比較することで、診療台20に着席している患者の姿勢が異常であるか否かを判定する。このようにして、異常検知部119は、患者の異常姿勢を検知する。 For example, the abnormality detection unit 119 analyzes the posture of the patient sitting on the medical table 20 based on the overhead image data. The storage unit 160 stores a plurality of data indicating the normal posture of the patient in advance. For example, the storage unit 160 stores data related to the positions of the limbs (both hands and both feet) of a patient who is seated in a normal posture on the examination table 20. The abnormality detection unit 119 detects the position of the patient's limbs (both hands and feet) by analyzing the posture of the patient sitting on the medical table 20. The abnormality detection unit 119 compares the detected position of the patient's limb with the position of the patient's limb seated in a normal posture on the medical table 20 stored in the storage unit 160 in advance. It is determined whether or not the posture of the patient seated in is abnormal. In this way, the abnormality detection unit 119 detects the abnormal posture of the patient.
 また、たとえば、異常検知部119は、俯瞰画像データに基づいて、治療中の患者の表情および体の動きを認識することで、患者が過度の痛みを感じているなどの異常を検知する。さらに、異常検知部119は、音声データに基づいて治療中の患者の音声を認識することで、患者が治療の中止を求めるなどの異常を検知する。 Also, for example, the abnormality detection unit 119 detects an abnormality such as the patient feeling excessive pain by recognizing the facial expression and body movement of the patient being treated based on the overhead image data. Furthermore, the abnormality detection unit 119 detects an abnormality such as the patient seeking to stop treatment by recognizing the sound of the patient being treated based on the sound data.
 このようにして異常検知部119によって出力された異常情報は、テーブル制御部110、腕部制御部111、診療台制御部120、診療器具制御部131、音声出力部106、および表示部108のそれぞれによって参照される。 The abnormality information output by the abnormality detection unit 119 in this way is the table control unit 110, the arm unit control unit 111, the medical table control unit 120, the medical instrument control unit 131, the audio output unit 106, and the display unit 108, respectively. Referenced by.
 テーブル制御部110は、記憶部160に記憶された異常情報に基づいて、診療器具30を患者の口腔から遠ざけるように診療テーブル10を移動させる。腕部制御部111は、記憶部160に記憶された異常情報に基づいて、診療器具30を患者の口腔から遠ざけるように腕部本体40を移動させる。診療台制御部120は、記憶部160に記憶された異常情報に基づいて、診療台20の位置および姿勢を変更することで、患者を正常姿勢に戻す。診療器具制御部131は、記憶部160に記憶された異常情報に基づいて、診療器具30の駆動を停止させるなどして患者の異常を取り除く。音声出力部106は、記憶部160に記憶された異常情報をスピーカ6に音声で出力させる。表示部108は、記憶部160に記憶された異常情報をモニタ8に画像で表示させる。 The table control unit 110 moves the medical table 10 based on the abnormality information stored in the storage unit 160 so as to keep the medical device 30 away from the patient's oral cavity. Based on the abnormality information stored in the storage unit 160, the arm control unit 111 moves the arm main body 40 so as to keep the medical instrument 30 away from the oral cavity of the patient. The clinical table control unit 120 returns the patient to a normal posture by changing the position and posture of the medical table 20 based on the abnormality information stored in the storage unit 160. Based on the abnormality information stored in the storage unit 160, the medical instrument control unit 131 removes the patient's abnormality by, for example, stopping the driving of the medical instrument 30. The sound output unit 106 causes the speaker 6 to output the abnormality information stored in the storage unit 160 with sound. The display unit 108 displays the abnormality information stored in the storage unit 160 on the monitor 8 as an image.
 制御装置100は、パネル制御部105を有する。パネル制御部105は、術者による操作パネル5に対する操作に基づいて操作パネル5の点灯および表示などを制御する。 The control device 100 includes a panel control unit 105. The panel control unit 105 controls lighting and display of the operation panel 5 based on an operation performed on the operation panel 5 by the operator.
 制御装置100は、無影灯制御部107を有する。無影灯制御部107は、無影灯7の点灯などを制御する。 The control device 100 has a surgical light control unit 107. The operating light control unit 107 controls lighting of the operating light 7 and the like.
 [口腔画像を用いた歯科診断]
 図8~図14を参照しながら、診療装置1が実行する口腔画像を用いた歯科診断について説明する。
[Dental diagnosis using oral images]
With reference to FIGS. 8 to 14, the dental diagnosis using the oral image performed by the medical apparatus 1 will be described.
 図5に示されるように、本実施の形態においては、複数の歯科医院に配置された各診療装置1がネットワークを介して外部サーバ1000に接続されている。外部サーバ1000は、各診療装置1から、過去の診断時に取得した口腔画像を取得し、これを疾患画像として記憶するとともに、そのときの診断情報を疾患情報として記憶する。このようにして外部サーバ1000に記憶された歯科情報(疾患画像データ,疾患情報など)は、日々蓄積されていわゆるビッグデータとなる。 As shown in FIG. 5, in this embodiment, each medical device 1 arranged in a plurality of dental clinics is connected to an external server 1000 via a network. The external server 1000 acquires the oral image acquired at the time of past diagnosis from each medical device 1, stores this as a disease image, and stores the diagnostic information at that time as disease information. The dental information (disease image data, disease information, etc.) stored in the external server 1000 in this way is accumulated daily and becomes so-called big data.
 各診療装置1は、患者を診断する際に、外部サーバ1000から取得した疾患画像データに基づき診断基準データを更新し、それを用いて患者の口腔画像データに基づき歯科診断を行う。歯科診断における診断情報は、口腔画像データとともに外部サーバ1000に記憶される。なお、この診断情報は、術者によって訂正されてもよく、この場合、訂正後の診断情報が、口腔画像データとともに外部サーバ1000に出力される。 Each diagnostic device 1 updates the diagnostic reference data based on the disease image data acquired from the external server 1000 when diagnosing the patient, and performs a dental diagnosis based on the oral image data of the patient using it. The diagnostic information in the dental diagnosis is stored in the external server 1000 together with the oral image data. This diagnostic information may be corrected by the surgeon. In this case, the corrected diagnostic information is output to the external server 1000 together with the oral image data.
 このようにして外部サーバ1000に蓄積された疾患情報は、ときには各診療装置1の診断部170による診断情報であり、ときには術者によって訂正された診断情報である。各診療装置1は、日々蓄積されるビッグデータを用いて診断を繰り返すごとに診断基準データを更新することで、診断を行えば行うほど、より正確な診断情報を出力することができる。このように、診療装置1が備える制御装置100は、人工知能またはそれに相当する知能を担うコンピュータを有する。 The disease information accumulated in the external server 1000 in this way is sometimes diagnostic information by the diagnostic unit 170 of each medical device 1 and sometimes diagnostic information corrected by the surgeon. Each diagnostic device 1 can output more accurate diagnostic information as the diagnosis is performed by updating the diagnostic reference data every time the diagnosis is repeated using big data accumulated every day. Thus, the control apparatus 100 with which the medical treatment apparatus 1 is provided has a computer which bears artificial intelligence or the intelligence corresponding to it.
 (外部サーバ1000:歯科情報テーブル)
 図8は、外部サーバ1000が記憶する歯科情報テーブルを説明するための図である。図8に示されるように、外部サーバ1000が記憶する歯科情報テーブルには、医院A、医院B、および医院Cといった複数の歯科医院を利用するそれぞれの患者ごとに、患者を識別するためのIDおよび患者情報に紐付けられて、疾患画像データと疾患情報とが格納されている。なお、図8に示す歯科情報テーブルに格納された各種情報は一例であり、歯科情報テーブルには、各患者の蓄積された過去の疾患画像データおよび疾患情報が格納されている。また、歯科情報テーブルには、各歯科医院ごとに歯科情報が格納されるものに限らず、患者のIDごとに歯科情報が格納されてもよい。
(External server 1000: dental information table)
FIG. 8 is a diagram for explaining a dental information table stored in the external server 1000. As shown in FIG. 8, the dental information table stored in the external server 1000 includes an ID for identifying a patient for each patient using a plurality of dental clinics such as Clinic A, Clinic B, and Clinic C. The disease image data and the disease information are stored in association with the patient information. Note that the various types of information stored in the dental information table shown in FIG. 8 are examples, and the dental information table stores past disease image data and disease information accumulated for each patient. Further, the dental information table is not limited to storing dental information for each dental clinic, and dental information may be stored for each patient ID.
 患者情報には、医院名と、年齢と、性別と、喫煙の有無とが含まれる。なお患者情報には、たとえば通院歴など、これら以外の情報が含まれてもよい。 Patient information includes clinic name, age, gender, and whether or not smoking is present. The patient information may include information other than these, such as hospital history.
 疾患画像データには、歯牙の特徴量と歯周組織の特徴量とが含まれる。歯牙の特徴量および歯周組織の特徴量について、図9を参照しながら説明する。図9は、3次元口腔スキャナなどの3Dスキャナによって取得された口腔の3次元画像およびX線画像を示す図である。図9(A)は、3次元画像で表された口腔画像を示す。図9(B)は、X線画像で表された口腔画像を示す。なお、図9に示す口腔内には、歯牙にう蝕610が発生し、かつ歯周組織に歯周病620が発生している。 The disease image data includes the feature amount of the tooth and the feature amount of the periodontal tissue. The feature amount of the tooth and the feature amount of the periodontal tissue will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 9 is a diagram showing a three-dimensional image and an X-ray image of the oral cavity acquired by a 3D scanner such as a three-dimensional oral scanner. FIG. 9A shows an oral image represented by a three-dimensional image. FIG. 9B shows an oral image represented by an X-ray image. In the oral cavity shown in FIG. 9, caries 610 occurs in the teeth, and periodontal disease 620 occurs in the periodontal tissue.
 本実施の形態においては、う蝕610が発生していると疑われる歯牙のみが抽出されて、その歯牙の特徴量が算出される。う蝕610が発生している歯牙は、欠損し、かつ表面の色が近傍よりも濃くなる傾向にある。そこで、う蝕610が発生している可能性のある歯牙を特定する方法としては、先ず3次元画像またはX線画像に基づいて歯牙の色が変色している部分が特定され、その部分の形状および色の特徴量が算出される。 In the present embodiment, only the tooth suspected of having caries 610 is extracted, and the feature amount of the tooth is calculated. The tooth in which the caries 610 is generated tends to be missing and the surface color becomes darker than the vicinity. Therefore, as a method of identifying a tooth that may have caries 610, first, a portion where the color of the tooth is changed is identified based on a three-dimensional image or an X-ray image, and the shape of the portion is determined. The feature amount of the color is calculated.
 なお、すでに同じ患者について過去に3次元画像またはX線画像が取得されている場合、過去の画像データと今回の画像データとの比較によって、欠損している可能性のある歯牙やう蝕の進行度が特定されてもよい。 If a 3D image or an X-ray image has already been acquired for the same patient in the past, the degree of progress of the tooth or caries that may be lost by comparing the past image data with the current image data. May be specified.
 図9(A),(B)に示されるように、本実施の形態においては、歯牙の特徴量として、歯牙の欠損部分の深さ(Vと表す)と、歯牙の表面の明度および彩度(Wと表す)とが算出される。 As shown in FIGS. 9A and 9B, in the present embodiment, as the feature amount of the tooth, the depth (denoted as V) of the missing portion of the tooth, the lightness and saturation of the tooth surface. (Denoted as W).
 また、本実施の形態においては、歯周病620が発生していると疑われる歯周組織のみが抽出されて、その歯周組織の特徴量が算出される。歯周病620が発生している歯周組織は、腫れ上がり、かつ表面の色が近傍の歯周組織の色よりも赤みがかる傾向にある。そこで、歯周病620が発生している可能性のある歯周組織を特定する方法としては、先ず3次元画像またはX線画像に基づいて歯周組織の色が変色している部分が特定され、その部分の形状および色の特徴量が算出される。 Further, in the present embodiment, only the periodontal tissue suspected of causing the periodontal disease 620 is extracted, and the feature amount of the periodontal tissue is calculated. Periodontal tissue in which periodontal disease 620 has occurred tends to swell and the surface color tends to be more reddish than the color of the surrounding periodontal tissue. Therefore, as a method for identifying the periodontal tissue in which periodontal disease 620 may occur, first, a portion where the color of the periodontal tissue is discolored is identified based on a three-dimensional image or an X-ray image. Then, the feature amount of the shape and color of the portion is calculated.
 なお、すでに同じ患者について過去に3次元画像またはX線画像が取得されている場合、過去の画像データと今回の画像データとの比較によって、腫れている可能性のある歯周組織が特定されてもよい。 If a 3D image or an X-ray image has already been acquired for the same patient in the past, periodontal tissue that may be swollen is identified by comparing the past image data with the current image data. Also good.
 図9(A),(B)に示されるように、本実施の形態においては、歯周組織の特徴量として、歯周組織の腫れ度合(Xと表す)と、歯周組織の表面の明度および彩度(Yと表す)とが算出される。 As shown in FIGS. 9A and 9B, in the present embodiment, as the feature amount of the periodontal tissue, the degree of swelling of the periodontal tissue (denoted as X) and the lightness of the surface of the periodontal tissue And the saturation (denoted Y).
 う蝕が発生している歯牙または歯周病が発生している歯周組織は、口腔カメラ55によって取得された3次元画像のみから特定されてもよいし、X線装置によって取得されたX線画像のみから特定されてもよい。もしくは、う蝕が発生している歯牙または歯周病が発生している歯周組織は、口腔カメラ55によって取得された3次元画像およびX線装置によって取得されたX線画像の両方から特定されてもよい。また、う蝕が発生している歯牙がX線装置によって取得されたX線画像のみから特定され、歯周病が発生している歯周組織が口腔カメラ55によって取得された3次元画像のみから特定されてもよいし、その反対でもよい。 The tooth in which the caries has occurred or the periodontal tissue in which the periodontal disease has occurred may be specified only from the three-dimensional image acquired by the oral camera 55, or the X-ray acquired by the X-ray apparatus. You may identify only from an image. Alternatively, a tooth in which caries has occurred or a periodontal tissue in which periodontal disease has occurred is identified from both the three-dimensional image acquired by the oral camera 55 and the X-ray image acquired by the X-ray apparatus. May be. In addition, the tooth in which the caries has occurred is specified only from the X-ray image acquired by the X-ray apparatus, and the periodontal tissue in which the periodontal disease has occurred is determined only from the three-dimensional image acquired by the oral camera 55. It may be specified or vice versa.
 再び図8を参照して、歯科情報テーブルには、疾患画像データとして、前述したような、歯牙の特徴量(V,W)と歯周組織の特徴量(X,Y)とが患者ごとに格納される。 Referring to FIG. 8 again, in the dental information table, the feature values (V, W) of the tooth and the feature values (X, Y) of the periodontal tissue as described above are stored as disease image data for each patient. Stored.
 歯科情報テーブルに格納された疾患情報には、う蝕関連の疾患情報と、歯周病関連の疾患情報とが含まれる。う蝕関連の疾患情報には、う蝕の有無と、う蝕の進行度と、う蝕の治療法とが含まれる。歯周病関連の疾患情報には、歯周病の有無と、歯周病の種類と、歯周病の治療法とが含まれる。 The disease information stored in the dental information table includes caries-related disease information and periodontal disease-related disease information. The caries-related disease information includes the presence or absence of caries, the progress of caries, and the caries treatment method. Periodontal disease-related disease information includes the presence or absence of periodontal disease, the type of periodontal disease, and the treatment method for periodontal disease.
 う蝕関連および歯周病関連のそれぞれの疾患情報について、図10を参照しながら説明する。図10は、疾患情報を説明するための図である。 The respective disease information related to caries and periodontal disease will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining disease information.
 図10(A)には、う蝕関連の疾患情報をまとめた一覧表が示されている。図10(A)に示されるように、う蝕関連の疾患情報について、診断1~診断6の6段階の診断区分が設けられている。診断1では、う蝕が無しに設定され、進行度および治療法は設定されていない。診断2では、う蝕が有りに設定され、進行度は症状が最も軽いC0に設定され、治療法は治療0に設定されている。診断3では、う蝕が有りに設定され、進行度はC1に設定され、治療法は治療1に設定されている。診断4では、う蝕が有りに設定され、進行度はC2に設定され、治療法は治療2に設定されている。診断5では、う蝕が有りに設定され、進行度はC3に設定され、治療法は治療3に設定されている。診断6では、う蝕が有りに設定され、進行度は症状が最も重いC4に設定され、治療法は治療4に設定されている。 FIG. 10 (A) shows a list summarizing caries-related disease information. As shown in FIG. 10 (A), six stages of diagnosis 1 to diagnosis 6 are provided for caries-related disease information. In diagnosis 1, no caries is set, and the degree of progression and the treatment method are not set. In diagnosis 2, caries is set to be present, the degree of progression is set to C0 having the lightest symptom, and the treatment method is set to treatment 0. In diagnosis 3, caries is set to be present, the degree of progression is set to C1, and the treatment method is set to treatment 1. In the diagnosis 4, the caries is set to be present, the progress is set to C2, and the treatment method is set to the treatment 2. In diagnosis 5, the presence of caries is set, the degree of progression is set to C3, and the treatment method is set to treatment 3. In the diagnosis 6, the caries is set to be present, the progress is set to C4 having the most severe symptom, and the treatment method is set to the treatment 4.
 診断1~診断6においては、治療の際に抜歯を要するか否かの情報が設定されている。たとえば、診断1~診断4においては、う蝕が軽度であるため、抜歯を要しない旨の情報が設定されている。診断5においては、抜歯を必ずしも要しないが、う蝕がある程度進行しているため、早期治療またはより確実な治療のために抜歯を行った方がよい旨の情報が設定されている。診断6においては、う蝕が重度であるため、抜歯を要する旨の情報が設定されている。 In Diagnosis 1 to Diagnosis 6, information on whether or not tooth extraction is required during treatment is set. For example, in diagnosis 1 to diagnosis 4, information is set that tooth extraction is not required because caries are mild. In diagnosis 5, tooth extraction is not necessarily required, but since caries has progressed to some extent, information indicating that it is better to perform tooth extraction for early treatment or more reliable treatment is set. In the diagnosis 6, since the caries is severe, information indicating that tooth extraction is required is set.
 図10(B)には、歯周病関連の疾患情報をまとめた一覧表が示されている。図10(B)に示されるように、歯周病関連の疾患情報について、診断a~診断fの6段階の診断区分が設けられている。診断aでは、歯周病が無しに設定され、種類および治療法は設定されていない。診断bでは、歯周病が有りに設定され、種類は症状が最も軽い歯肉炎aに設定され、治療法は治療aに設定されている。診断cでは、歯周病が有りに設定され、種類は歯肉炎bに設定され、治療法は治療bに設定されている。診断dでは、歯周病が有りに設定され、種類は歯周炎Aに設定され、治療法は治療Aに設定されている。診断eでは、歯周病が有りに設定され、種類は歯周炎Bに設定され、治療法は治療Bに設定されている。診断fでは、歯周病が有りに設定され、種類は症状が最も重い歯周炎Cに設定され、治療法は治療Cに設定されている。 FIG. 10 (B) shows a list summarizing periodontal disease related disease information. As shown in FIG. 10B, diagnosis information of periodontology-related disease information is provided in six stages of diagnosis a to diagnosis f. In diagnosis a, periodontal disease is set to no, and the type and treatment method are not set. In diagnosis b, periodontal disease is set to be present, the type is set to gingivitis a having the least symptom, and the treatment method is set to treatment a. In diagnosis c, periodontal disease is set to be present, the type is set to gingivitis b, and the treatment method is set to treatment b. In diagnosis d, periodontal disease is set to be present, the type is set to periodontitis A, and the treatment method is set to treatment A. In diagnosis e, periodontal disease is set to be present, the type is set to periodontitis B, and the treatment method is set to treatment B. In diagnosis f, periodontal disease is set to be present, the type is set to periodontitis C with the most severe symptoms, and the treatment method is set to treatment C.
 診断a~診断fにおいては、治療の際に抜歯を要するか否かの情報が設定されている。たとえば、診断a~診断dにおいては、歯周病が軽度であるため、抜歯を要しない旨の情報が設定されている。診断eにおいては、抜歯を必ずしも要しないが、歯周病がある程度進行しているため、早期治療またはより確実な治療のために抜歯を行った方がよい旨の情報が設定されている。診断fにおいては、歯周病が重度であるため、抜歯を要する旨の情報が設定されている。 In Diagnosis a to Diagnosis f, information on whether or not tooth extraction is required during treatment is set. For example, in diagnosis a to diagnosis d, information indicating that tooth extraction is not necessary because periodontal disease is mild is set. In the diagnosis e, tooth extraction is not necessarily required, but since periodontal disease has progressed to some extent, information is set that it is better to perform tooth extraction for early treatment or more reliable treatment. In diagnosis f, since periodontal disease is severe, information indicating that tooth extraction is required is set.
 (診療装置1:疾患画像関連テーブル,口腔画像関連テーブル)
 図11は、診療装置1が記憶する疾患画像関連テーブルおよび口腔画像関連テーブルを説明するための図である。
(Medical device 1: disease image related table, oral image related table)
FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining the disease image related table and the oral image related table stored in the medical device 1.
 図11(A)は、医院Aの診療装置1が記憶する疾患画像関連テーブルを説明するための図である。図11(A)に示されるように、診療装置1が記憶する疾患画像関連テーブルには、医院A、医院B、および医院Cといった複数の歯科医院を利用するそれぞれの患者ごとに、患者を識別するためのIDおよび患者情報に紐付けられて、疾患画像データと疾患情報とが格納されている。診療装置1の制御装置100は、この疾患画像関連テーブルを、外部サーバ1000から取得して記憶する。 FIG. 11A is a diagram for explaining a disease image related table stored in the medical device 1 of the clinic A. FIG. As shown in FIG. 11A, the disease image related table stored in the medical device 1 identifies a patient for each patient using a plurality of dental clinics such as Clinic A, Clinic B, and Clinic C. The disease image data and the disease information are stored in association with the ID and the patient information. The control device 100 of the medical device 1 acquires the disease image related table from the external server 1000 and stores it.
 疾患画像関連テーブルに格納されたデータのうち、医院Aの患者に対応する疾患情報は、診療装置1が設置された医院Aにおける過去の診断情報である。また、疾患画像関連テーブルに格納されたデータのうち、医院Bおよび医院Cのそれぞれの患者に対応する疾患情報は、医院Bおよび医院Cのそれぞれにおける過去の診断情報である。すなわち、医院Aの診療装置1は、外部サーバ1000から取得した疾患画像関連テーブルを参照することで、医院Aを含む他の医院における患者の患者情報、疾患画像データ、および疾患情報を特定することができる。 Of the data stored in the disease image related table, the disease information corresponding to the patient of the clinic A is past diagnosis information in the clinic A where the medical device 1 is installed. Of the data stored in the disease image association table, the disease information corresponding to each patient at clinic B and clinic C is past diagnostic information at clinic B and clinic C, respectively. That is, the medical device 1 of the clinic A refers to the disease image related table acquired from the external server 1000, and identifies patient information, disease image data, and disease information of patients in other clinics including the clinic A. Can do.
 図11(B)は、医院Aの診療装置1が記憶する口腔画像関連テーブルを説明するための図である。図11(B)に示されるように、診療装置1が記憶する口腔画像関連テーブルには、診療装置1を利用している患者のIDおよび患者情報に紐付けられて、口腔画像データと診断情報とが格納されている。 FIG. 11 (B) is a diagram for explaining an oral image related table stored in the medical device 1 of the clinic A. As shown in FIG. 11B, the oral image related table stored in the medical device 1 is associated with the ID and patient information of the patient who uses the medical device 1, and the oral image data and the diagnostic information. And are stored.
 患者情報には、医院名と、年齢と、性別と、喫煙の有無とが含まれる。口腔画像データには、歯牙の特徴量と歯周組織の特徴量とが含まれる。診断情報には、う蝕関連の情報と、歯周病関連の情報とが含まれる。う蝕関連の情報には、う蝕の有無と、う蝕の進行度と、う蝕の治療法とが含まれる。歯周病関連の情報には、歯周病の有無と、歯周病の種類と、歯周病の治療法とが含まれる。なお、図11(B)に示す患者の例では、う蝕関連の診断情報は疾患情報における診断2に分類され、歯周病関連の診断情報は疾患情報における診断eに分類される。 Patient information includes clinic name, age, gender, and whether or not smoking is present. The oral image data includes the feature amount of the tooth and the feature amount of the periodontal tissue. The diagnosis information includes caries-related information and periodontal disease-related information. The caries-related information includes the presence or absence of caries, the progress of caries, and the caries treatment method. Periodontal disease-related information includes the presence or absence of periodontal disease, the type of periodontal disease, and the treatment method for periodontal disease. In the example of the patient shown in FIG. 11B, the caries-related diagnosis information is classified as diagnosis 2 in the disease information, and the periodontal disease-related diagnosis information is classified as diagnosis e in the disease information.
 口腔画像関連テーブルには、一の患者に関する最新の患者情報、口腔関連データ、および診断情報が常に格納されており、新たにこれらの情報が制御装置100によって取得されると、口腔画像関連テーブルが更新される。新たに患者情報、口腔関連データ、および診断情報が取得されると、その時点で、制御装置100から外部サーバ1000にこれらの情報が出力され、外部サーバ1000の疾患画像関連テーブルに蓄積される。すなわち、医院Aの診療装置1で診断された患者の診断情報などは、診療装置1の口腔画像関連テーブルに格納される一方で、外部サーバ1000の疾患画像関連テーブルに格納される。 In the oral image related table, the latest patient information, oral related data, and diagnostic information regarding one patient are always stored, and when such information is newly acquired by the control device 100, the oral image related table is stored in the oral image related table. Updated. When new patient information, oral cavity related data, and diagnostic information are acquired, at this point, these pieces of information are output from the control device 100 to the external server 1000 and stored in the disease image related table of the external server 1000. That is, the diagnosis information of the patient diagnosed by the medical device 1 of the clinic A is stored in the oral image related table of the medical device 1 while being stored in the disease image related table of the external server 1000.
 医院Aにおける他の診療装置1、および他の医院B,Cにおける他の診療装置1においても同様に、口腔画像関連テーブルには常に最新の患者のデータが格納されるとともに、過去のデータは外部サーバ1000に送信されて外部サーバ1000の疾患画像関連テーブルに格納される。そして、各医院の各診療装置1は、外部サーバ1000から疾患画像関連テーブルを取得することで、ネットワークで接続された全ての診療装置1における患者情報、口腔関連データ、および診断情報を取得することができる。 Similarly, in the other clinical apparatus 1 in the clinic A and the other clinical apparatuses 1 in the other clinics B and C, the latest image data of the patient is always stored in the oral image related table, and the past data is externally stored. It is transmitted to the server 1000 and stored in the disease image related table of the external server 1000. Each medical device 1 of each clinic acquires patient information, oral cavity related data, and diagnostic information in all the medical devices 1 connected via the network by acquiring the disease image related table from the external server 1000. Can do.
 (診療装置1:診断基準テーブル)
 図12は、診療装置1が記憶する診断基準テーブルを説明するための図である。診断基準テーブルには、患者の口腔画像に基づいて口腔を診断するための診断基準データが格納されている。
(Medical device 1: Diagnostic criteria table)
FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining a diagnostic reference table stored in the medical device 1. The diagnostic criteria table stores diagnostic criteria data for diagnosing the oral cavity based on the patient's oral image.
 図12(A)は、う蝕を診断するための診断基準テーブルを示す。この診断基準テーブルは、図11(A)に示す疾患画像関連テーブルに含まれる疾患画像データ(歯牙の特徴量)と疾患情報(う蝕関連)とに基づいて、制御装置100によって作成される。 FIG. 12 (A) shows a diagnostic criteria table for diagnosing caries. This diagnostic criterion table is created by the control device 100 based on the disease image data (tooth feature amount) and the disease information (caries related) included in the disease image related table shown in FIG.
 図12(A)に示されるように、診断基準テーブルには、歯牙の形状の特徴量(V)と、歯牙の色の特徴量(W)との対応関係を表したマップにおいて、診断1~診断6のいずれかの診断区分が割り当てられている。たとえば、歯牙の形状の特徴量(V)が大きければ大きいほど、症状の重い診断区分が割り当てられ、歯牙の色の特徴量(W)が大きければ大きいほど、症状の重い診断区分が割り当てられている。このようなマッピングによって表わされたデータが、診断基準データに対応する。つまり、診断基準データは、疾患画像における歯牙の特徴量と歯牙に関する疾患情報との対応関係を示すデータを含む。 As shown in FIG. 12 (A), in the diagnosis reference table, in the map showing the correspondence between the feature amount (V) of the tooth shape and the feature amount (W) of the tooth color, the diagnosis 1 to Any diagnosis category of diagnosis 6 is assigned. For example, the greater the feature amount (V) of the tooth shape, the more severe the diagnosis category is assigned, and the greater the tooth color feature (W), the more severe the diagnosis category is assigned. Yes. Data represented by such mapping corresponds to diagnostic reference data. That is, the diagnostic reference data includes data indicating a correspondence relationship between the feature amount of the tooth in the disease image and the disease information regarding the tooth.
 前述したように、う蝕が発生している歯牙は、その色が他の健康な歯牙の色よりも濃くなる傾向にあるが、健康な歯牙を有する患者であっても、喫煙者の場合、非喫煙者に比べて、歯牙の色が濃くなる傾向にある。そこで、う蝕を診断するための診断基準テーブルとしては、患者情報に含まれる喫煙の有無に応じて2つのテーブルが設けられている。 As mentioned above, teeth with caries tend to be darker in color than other healthy teeth, but even for patients with healthy teeth, Compared to non-smokers, teeth tend to be darker. Therefore, two tables are provided as diagnosis reference tables for diagnosing caries according to the presence or absence of smoking included in patient information.
 具体的には、制御装置100は、疾患画像関連テーブルに含まれる疾患画像データおよび疾患情報のうち、非喫煙者の疾患画像データおよび疾患情報に基づいて図12(A)の(a)に示す診断基準テーブルを作成する。一方、制御装置100は、疾患画像関連テーブルに含まれる疾患画像データおよび疾患情報のうち、喫煙者の疾患画像データおよび疾患情報に基づいて図12(A)の(b)に示す診断基準テーブルを作成する。 Specifically, the control apparatus 100 is shown to (a) of FIG. 12 (A) based on the disease image data and disease information of a non-smoker among the disease image data and disease information included in the disease image association table. Create a diagnostic criteria table. On the other hand, the control device 100 generates a diagnostic criteria table shown in FIG. 12A (b) based on the disease image data and disease information of the smoker among the disease image data and disease information included in the disease image association table. create.
 図12(A)の(a),(b)に示されるように、喫煙者用の診断基準データにおいては、非喫煙者用の診断基準データよりも、歯牙の色の特徴量(W)の閾値が緩くなっている。たとえば、歯牙の形状の特徴量(V)がV2≦V<V3であり、かつ歯牙の色の特徴量(W)がW2≦W<W3となる患者の場合、非喫煙者の場合は診断3が割り当てられているのに対して、喫煙者の場合は診断2が割り当てられている。これは、喫煙の有無による歯牙の変色度合いに起因する。 As shown in (a) and (b) of FIG. 12 (A), in the diagnostic reference data for smokers, the feature amount (W) of the tooth color is larger than the diagnostic reference data for non-smokers. The threshold is loose. For example, in the case of a patient whose tooth shape feature amount (V) is V2 ≦ V <V3 and the tooth color feature amount (W) is W2 ≦ W <W3, in the case of a non-smoker, diagnosis 3 Is assigned, whereas diagnosis 2 is assigned for smokers. This is due to the degree of discoloration of the teeth due to the presence or absence of smoking.
 図12(B)は、歯周病を診断するための診断基準テーブルを示す。この診断基準テーブルは、図11(A)に示す疾患画像関連テーブルに含まれる疾患画像データ(歯周組織の特徴量)と疾患情報(歯周病関連)とに基づいて、制御装置100によって作成される。 FIG. 12 (B) shows a diagnostic criteria table for diagnosing periodontal disease. This diagnostic reference table is created by the control device 100 based on the disease image data (periodontal tissue feature amount) and disease information (periodontal disease related) included in the disease image related table shown in FIG. Is done.
 図12(B)に示されるように、診断基準テーブルには、歯周組織の形状の特徴量(X)と、歯周組織の色の特徴量(Y)との対応関係を表したマップにおいて、診断a~診断fのいずれかの診断区分が割り当てられている。たとえば、歯周組織の形状の特徴量(X)が大きければ大きいほど、症状の重い診断区分が割り当てられ、歯周組織の色の特徴量(Y)が大きければ大きいほど、症状の重い診断区分が割り当てられている。このようなマッピングによって表わされたデータが、診断基準データに対応する。つまり、診断基準データは、疾患画像における歯周組織の特徴量と歯周組織に関する疾患情報との対応関係を示すデータを含む。 As shown in FIG. 12B, the diagnostic reference table includes a map representing the correspondence between the feature amount (X) of the periodontal tissue shape and the feature amount (Y) of the color of the periodontal tissue. Any one of diagnosis a to diagnosis f is assigned. For example, the greater the feature amount (X) of the periodontal tissue shape, the more severe the diagnosis category is assigned, and the greater the periodontal color feature amount (Y), the more severe the diagnosis category. Is assigned. Data represented by such mapping corresponds to diagnostic reference data. That is, the diagnostic reference data includes data indicating the correspondence between the feature amount of the periodontal tissue in the disease image and the disease information related to the periodontal tissue.
 制御装置100は、外部サーバ1000から最新の疾患画像関連テーブルを取得する度に、図12に示す診断基準データを更新する。本実施の形態においては、このような診断基準データの更新が、制御装置100の機械学習または深層学習に含まれる。 The control device 100 updates the diagnostic reference data shown in FIG. 12 every time the latest disease image association table is acquired from the external server 1000. In the present embodiment, such update of the diagnostic reference data is included in the machine learning or deep learning of the control device 100.
 (う蝕の診断)
 図13は、う蝕の診断を説明するための図である。図13(A)は、非喫煙者の場合におけるう蝕の診断を表したグラフを示す。図13(B)は、喫煙者の場合におけるう蝕の診断を表したグラフを示す。
(Diagnosis of caries)
FIG. 13 is a diagram for explaining the diagnosis of caries. FIG. 13 (A) shows a graph showing the diagnosis of caries in the case of a non-smoker. FIG. 13B shows a graph showing the diagnosis of caries in the case of a smoker.
 図13(A),(B)に示すグラフでは、図12(A)の(a),(b)に示す診断基準テーブルに従って、横軸が歯牙の形状の特徴量(V)に対応し、縦軸が歯牙の色の特徴量(W)に対応している。グラフ上の破線は、割り当てられた診断1~診断6を区分けする境界である。このグラフでは、図11(A)に示す疾患画像関連テーブルに格納された各患者の歯牙の特徴量およびう蝕関連の疾患情報に基づいて、各患者が割り当てられた診断区分に学習データが配置される。 In the graphs shown in FIGS. 13 (A) and (B), the horizontal axis corresponds to the feature amount (V) of the tooth shape according to the diagnostic criteria table shown in FIGS. 12 (A) and 12 (b). The vertical axis corresponds to the feature amount (W) of the tooth color. A broken line on the graph is a boundary that divides assigned diagnosis 1 to diagnosis 6. In this graph, learning data is arranged in the diagnosis category to which each patient is assigned based on the dental feature amount and caries-related disease information of each patient stored in the disease image-related table shown in FIG. Is done.
 制御装置100の機械学習または深層学習によって図12(A)の(a),(b)に示す診断基準データが更新されると、グラフ上の破線が移動する。これにより、グラフ上に配置された学習データが割り当てられる診断区分が変化することがある。すなわち、図11(A)に示す制御装置100の疾患画像関連テーブルに含まれる疾患画像データ(歯牙の特徴量)および疾患情報(う蝕関連)が蓄積されることによって、診断基準データの更新に用いられる母集団が増えるため、その分正確に、制御装置100はう蝕を診断することができる。さらに、術者によって診断情報が訂正されるごとに診断基準データが更新されるため、制御装置100はより正確にう蝕を診断することができる。 When the diagnostic reference data shown in (a) and (b) of FIG. 12A is updated by machine learning or deep learning of the control device 100, the broken line on the graph moves. Thereby, the diagnosis division to which the learning data arranged on the graph is assigned may change. That is, by storing the disease image data (tooth feature amount) and the disease information (caries related) included in the disease image related table of the control apparatus 100 shown in FIG. Since the population to be used increases, the control device 100 can accurately diagnose caries. Furthermore, since the diagnostic reference data is updated each time diagnostic information is corrected by the operator, the control device 100 can more accurately diagnose caries.
 う蝕の診断の具体例を説明する。図11(B)に示すIDが「abc」の患者の場合、喫煙者であるため、図12(B)の(b)に示す診断基準テーブルが参照される。この患者の場合、歯牙の形状の特徴量(V)がV2≦Va<V3であり、かつ歯牙の色の特徴量(W)がW2≦Wa<W3となる。したがって、図13(B)に示されるように、診断対象データは、グラフ上の診断2の領域に配置される。これにより、制御装置100は、IDが「abc」の患者のう蝕について、診断2に含まれる診断情報を出力する。 A specific example of caries diagnosis will be described. Since the patient whose ID shown in FIG. 11B is “abc” is a smoker, the diagnostic criteria table shown in FIG. 12B is referred to. In the case of this patient, the feature amount (V) of the tooth shape is V2 ≦ Va <V3, and the feature amount (W) of the tooth color is W2 ≦ Wa <W3. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 13B, the diagnosis target data is arranged in the area of diagnosis 2 on the graph. Thereby, the control apparatus 100 outputs the diagnostic information included in the diagnosis 2 for the caries of the patient whose ID is “abc”.
 (歯周病の診断)
 図14は、歯周病の診断を説明するための図である。図14には、歯周病の診断を表したグラフが示されている。
(Diagnosis of periodontal disease)
FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining the diagnosis of periodontal disease. FIG. 14 shows a graph representing the diagnosis of periodontal disease.
 図14に示すグラフでは、図12(B)に示す診断基準テーブルに従って、横軸が歯周組織の形状の特徴量(X)に対応し、縦軸が歯周組織の色の特徴量(Y)に対応している。グラフ上の破線は、割り当てられた診断a~診断fを区分けする境界である。このグラフでは、図11(A)に示す疾患画像関連テーブルに格納された各患者の歯周組織の特徴量および歯周病関連の疾患情報に基づいて、各患者が割り当てられた診断区分に学習データが配置される。 In the graph shown in FIG. 14, according to the diagnostic criteria table shown in FIG. 12B, the horizontal axis corresponds to the feature quantity (X) of the periodontal tissue shape, and the vertical axis represents the feature quantity (Y ). A broken line on the graph is a boundary that divides assigned diagnosis a to diagnosis f. In this graph, learning is performed in the diagnosis category to which each patient is assigned based on the feature amount of the periodontal tissue and the periodontal disease-related disease information stored in the disease image-related table shown in FIG. Data is placed.
 制御装置100の機械学習または深層学習によって図12(B)に示す診断基準データが更新されると、グラフ上の破線が移動する。これにより、グラフ上に配置された学習データが割り当てられる診断区分が変化することがある。すなわち、図11(A)に示す制御装置100の疾患画像関連テーブルに含まれる疾患画像データ(歯周組織の特徴量)および疾患情報(歯周病関連)が蓄積されることによって、診断基準データの更新に用いられる母集団が増えるため、その分正確に、制御装置100は歯周病を診断することができる。さらに、術者によって診断情報が訂正されるごとに診断基準データが更新されるため、制御装置100はより正確に歯周病を診断することができる。 When the diagnostic reference data shown in FIG. 12B is updated by machine learning or deep learning of the control device 100, the broken line on the graph moves. Thereby, the diagnosis division to which the learning data arranged on the graph is assigned may change. That is, by storing the disease image data (features of periodontal tissue) and disease information (periodontal related) included in the disease image related table of the control device 100 shown in FIG. Therefore, the control apparatus 100 can diagnose periodontal disease more accurately. Furthermore, since the diagnostic reference data is updated each time diagnostic information is corrected by the surgeon, the control device 100 can more accurately diagnose periodontal disease.
 歯周病の診断の具体例を説明する。図11(B)に示すIDが「abc」の患者の場合、歯周組織の形状の特徴量(X)がX5≦Xa<X6であり、かつ歯周組織の色の特徴量(Y)がY4≦Ya<Y5となる。したがって、図14に示されるように、診断対象データは、グラフ上の診断eの領域に配置される。これにより、制御装置100は、IDが「abc」の患者の歯周病について、診断eに含まれる診断情報を出力する。 A specific example of diagnosis of periodontal disease will be described. In the case of a patient whose ID is “abc” shown in FIG. 11B, the feature quantity (X) of the periodontal tissue shape is X5 ≦ Xa <X6, and the color feature quantity (Y) of the periodontal tissue is Y4 ≦ Ya <Y5. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 14, the diagnosis target data is arranged in the area of diagnosis e on the graph. Thereby, the control apparatus 100 outputs the diagnostic information contained in the diagnosis e about the periodontal disease of the patient whose ID is “abc”.
 (外部サーバ1000:医科情報テーブル)
 図15は、外部サーバ1000が記憶する医科情報テーブルを説明するための図である。図15に示されるように、外部サーバ1000が記憶する医科情報テーブルには、内科医院、産婦人科医院、または整形外科医院などの各種医療機関を利用するそれぞれの患者ごとに、患者を識別するためのIDおよび患者情報に紐付けられて、カルテ情報が格納されている。なお、図15に示す医科情報テーブルに格納された各種情報は一例であり、医科情報テーブルには、各患者の蓄積された過去の医科情報が格納されている。また、医科情報テーブルには、医療機関ごとに医科情報が格納されるものに限らず、患者のIDごとに医科情報が格納されてもよい。さらに、医科情報テーブルに格納された医科情報は、図8に示す歯科情報テーブルに格納された歯科情報と同じテーブルに格納されてもよく、その場合においては、患者のIDごとに医科情報および歯科情報が格納されてもよい。
(External server 1000: medical information table)
FIG. 15 is a diagram for explaining a medical information table stored in the external server 1000. As shown in FIG. 15, the medical information table stored in the external server 1000 identifies a patient for each patient using various medical institutions such as an internal medicine clinic, an obstetrics and gynecology clinic, or an orthopedic clinic. The chart information is stored in association with the ID and the patient information. The various information stored in the medical information table shown in FIG. 15 is an example, and the medical information table stores past medical information accumulated for each patient. The medical information table is not limited to storing medical information for each medical institution, and medical information may be stored for each patient ID. Furthermore, the medical information stored in the medical information table may be stored in the same table as the dental information stored in the dental information table shown in FIG. 8, and in that case, the medical information and the dental information are stored for each patient ID. Information may be stored.
 患者情報には、医院名と、年齢と、性別とが含まれる。なお患者情報には、たとえば通院歴など、これら以外の情報が含まれてもよい。 Patient information includes clinic name, age, and gender. The patient information may include information other than these, such as hospital history.
 カルテ情報には、医療機関で行われた医科診断における診断結果と処方薬に関する情報とが含まれる。たとえば、IDが「mno」の患者については、X内科医院において高血糖症である旨の診断結果が医科情報として格納されている。IDが「abc」の患者については、X内科医院において心筋梗塞である旨の診断結果、および血液凝固を阻害する抗凝固薬を多量に服用している旨が医科情報として格納されている。IDが「opq」の患者については、Y産婦人科医院において妊娠中期である旨の診断結果が医科情報として格納されている。 The medical record information includes the diagnosis result in the medical diagnosis performed at the medical institution and information on the prescription drug. For example, for a patient whose ID is “mno”, a diagnosis result indicating hyperglycemia is stored as medical information in the X internal medicine clinic. For a patient whose ID is “abc”, medical information is stored that indicates a diagnosis result of myocardial infarction at X medical clinic and that a large amount of an anticoagulant that inhibits blood coagulation is being taken. For a patient whose ID is “opq”, a diagnosis result indicating that the pregnancy is in the middle of pregnancy is stored as medical information in the Y obstetrics and gynecology clinic.
 図15に示す医科情報(カルテ情報)は、各医療機関で診断された患者の診断結果および処方薬などの医科情報が、ネットワークを介して各医療機関から外部サーバ1000に送信される。外部サーバ1000は、取得した医科情報を、患者を識別するためのIDおよび患者情報に紐付けて記憶する。このようにして外部サーバ1000に記憶された医科情報は、日々蓄積されていわゆるビッグデータとなる。 The medical information (medical chart information) shown in FIG. 15 is transmitted from each medical institution to the external server 1000 via the network as the diagnosis result of the patient diagnosed at each medical institution and medical information such as prescription drugs. The external server 1000 stores the acquired medical information in association with an ID for identifying a patient and patient information. The medical information stored in the external server 1000 in this way is accumulated daily and becomes so-called big data.
 (診療装置1:関連情報テーブル)
 図16は、診療装置1が記憶する関連情報テーブルを説明するための図である。関連情報テーブルには、口腔画像と図12に示す診断基準テーブルとに基づいて行われた歯科診断の結果に対応するように、医科診断を考慮した注意事項に関する関連情報が格納されている。
(Medical device 1: related information table)
FIG. 16 is a diagram for explaining a related information table stored in the medical device 1. In the related information table, related information related to precautions considering the medical diagnosis is stored so as to correspond to the result of the dental diagnosis performed based on the oral image and the diagnosis reference table shown in FIG.
 図16(A)は、う蝕関連の関連情報テーブルを示す。図16(A)に示されるように、う蝕について行われた診断結果が診断1~診断4である場合、医科診断を考慮した注意事項は特に定められていない。う蝕について行われた診断結果が診断5または診断6である場合、抗凝固薬の服用が注意事項として定められている。具体的には、抗凝固薬は、血液凝固を阻害する薬であるため、患者が多量に服用している場合、抜歯による出血が止まり難くなる。ここで、診断結果が診断5または診断6である場合、う蝕部は、抜歯を要する、または抜歯を要する可能性があると診断されている。よって、診断結果が診断5または診断6である場合、抗凝固薬の服用が多量である場合には抜歯が不可能であり、患者が抗凝固薬を少量である場合には出血などに特に注意して抜歯を行う旨が注意事項として定められている。 FIG. 16A shows a caries-related related information table. As shown in FIG. 16 (A), when the diagnosis results performed on the caries are Diagnosis 1 to Diagnosis 4, there are no particular precautions taking medical diagnosis into consideration. When the diagnosis result of the caries is diagnosis 5 or diagnosis 6, taking an anticoagulant is stipulated as a precaution. Specifically, an anticoagulant is a drug that inhibits blood coagulation, so that bleeding due to extraction is difficult to stop when a patient is taking a large amount. Here, when the diagnosis result is diagnosis 5 or diagnosis 6, the caries portion is diagnosed as having a need for tooth extraction or having a possibility of requiring tooth extraction. Therefore, when the diagnosis result is diagnosis 5 or diagnosis 6, tooth extraction is impossible when the anticoagulant is taken in large amounts, and when the patient has a small amount of anticoagulant, pay special attention to bleeding, etc. It is stipulated as a precaution that tooth extraction is performed.
 図16(B)は、歯周病関連の関連情報テーブルを示す。図16(B)に示されるように、歯周病について行われた診断結果が診断aである場合、医科診断を考慮した注意事項は特に定められていない。歯周病について行われた診断結果が診断b~診断fである場合、歯周病が原因となる疾患が注意事項として定められている。具体的には、歯周病菌が生体内に侵入すると、動脈硬化などの血管系の病気、心臓の病気、肺炎などの呼吸器疾患、妊婦の早期低体重児出産、または糖尿病など、歯周病が原因となる疾患が体中で生じる虞がある。よって、歯周病があると診断された診断b~診断fの場合、これら口腔以外に生じる体の疾患が注意事項として定められている。また、抜歯を要する、または抜歯を要する可能性があると診断された診断e,診断fの場合、抗凝固薬の服用が多量である場合には抜歯が不可能であり、患者が抗凝固薬を少量である場合には出血などに特に注意して抜歯を行う旨が注意事項として定められている。 FIG. 16B shows a related information table related to periodontal disease. As shown in FIG. 16 (B), when the diagnosis result performed for periodontal disease is diagnosis a, there are no particular precautions in consideration of medical diagnosis. When the diagnosis results for periodontal disease are diagnosis b to diagnosis f, a disease caused by periodontal disease is defined as a precaution. Specifically, periodontal diseases such as arteriosclerosis and other vascular diseases, heart diseases, respiratory diseases such as pneumonia, premature birth of low-weight infants, or diabetes when periodontal disease bacteria enter the body. There is a risk that diseases caused by will occur in the body. Therefore, in the case of diagnosis b to diagnosis f diagnosed as having periodontal disease, body diseases that occur outside of the oral cavity are defined as precautions. In the case of diagnosis e and diagnosis f diagnosed as requiring extraction or possibly extraction, extraction is impossible when the anticoagulant is taken in a large amount, and the patient has anticoagulant. It is stipulated as a precaution that tooth extraction should be performed with particular attention to bleeding when the amount is small.
 診療装置1は、口腔画像と診断基準テーブルとに基づいて患者の歯科診断を行うことでいずれかの診断区分を決定した後、決定した診断区分に対応する注意事項を関連情報テーブルから抽出する。そして、診療装置1は、外部サーバ1000が記憶する医科情報テーブル(図15)に格納された患者の医科情報を取得し、関連情報テーブルから抽出された注意事項に該当する医科診断が患者に対して行われていた場合、注意事項を考慮して歯科診断における診断情報を出力する。 The medical device 1 determines one of the diagnostic categories by performing a dental diagnosis of the patient based on the oral image and the diagnostic criteria table, and then extracts the precautions corresponding to the determined diagnostic category from the related information table. The medical device 1 acquires the medical information of the patient stored in the medical information table (FIG. 15) stored in the external server 1000, and the medical diagnosis corresponding to the precautions extracted from the related information table is given to the patient. If it has been performed, the diagnostic information in the dental diagnosis is output in consideration of the precautions.
 たとえば、図11に示されるように、IDが「abc」の患者の場合、歯科診断において歯周病があると診断されている。また、図15に示されるように、IDが「abc」の患者の場合、医科診断において心筋梗塞である旨の診断結果が出されており、抗凝固薬を多量に服用している。このため、図16に示されるように、IDが「abc」の患者の場合、抜歯を行わずに治療する旨の情報が診断情報に含まれる。 For example, as shown in FIG. 11, in the case of a patient whose ID is “abc”, it is diagnosed that there is periodontal disease in the dental diagnosis. Further, as shown in FIG. 15, in the case of a patient whose ID is “abc”, a diagnosis result indicating that the patient has a myocardial infarction is given in the medical diagnosis, and a large amount of an anticoagulant is taken. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 16, in the case of a patient whose ID is “abc”, information indicating that treatment is performed without performing tooth extraction is included in the diagnostic information.
 このようにして、診療装置1は、IDが「abc」の患者の医科診断を考慮して歯科診断を行うことで抜歯を行わずに治療する旨の情報を含む診断情報を出力する。そして、診療装置1は、抜歯を行わずに治療する旨の情報をモニタ8またはスピーカ6に報知させたり、抜歯を行わずに治療するように診療台20、各腕部本体40、または各診療器具30を制御したりする。 In this way, the medical device 1 outputs diagnostic information including information indicating that treatment is performed without performing tooth extraction by performing a dental diagnosis in consideration of a medical diagnosis of a patient whose ID is “abc”. Then, the medical device 1 informs the monitor 8 or the speaker 6 of information indicating that treatment is performed without performing tooth extraction, or treats the medical table 20, each arm body 40, or each medical treatment so that treatment is performed without performing tooth extraction. The instrument 30 is controlled.
 図11に示されるように、IDが「mno」の患者の場合、歯科診断において歯周病があると診断されている。また、図15に示されるように、IDが「mno」の患者の場合、医科診断において血糖値が高めである旨の診断結果が出されている。このため、図16に示されるように、IDが「mno」の患者の場合、歯周病が原因で動脈硬化や糖尿病を発症しやすくなる旨の情報が診断情報に含まれる。 As shown in FIG. 11, in the case of a patient whose ID is “mno”, it is diagnosed that there is periodontal disease in the dental diagnosis. Further, as shown in FIG. 15, in the case of a patient whose ID is “mno”, a diagnosis result indicating that the blood glucose level is high is obtained in the medical diagnosis. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 16, in the case of a patient whose ID is “mno”, information indicating that arteriosclerosis and diabetes are likely to develop due to periodontal disease is included in the diagnostic information.
 このようにして、診療装置1は、IDが「mno」の患者の医科診断を考慮して歯科診断を行うことで歯周病が原因で動脈硬化や糖尿病を発症しやすくなる旨の情報を含む診断情報を出力する。そして、診療装置1は、歯周病が原因で動脈硬化や糖尿病を発症しやすくなる旨の情報をモニタ8またはスピーカ6に報知させたり、歯周病が原因で動脈硬化や糖尿病を発症しやすくなる旨の情報を医科診断を行ったX内科医院に通知したり、歯周病が原因で動脈硬化や糖尿病を発症しやすくなる旨の情報を外部サーバ1000が記憶するカルテ情報(図15のテーブル)に格納したりする。 In this way, the medical device 1 includes information indicating that arteriosclerosis or diabetes is likely to occur due to periodontal disease by performing a dental diagnosis in consideration of a medical diagnosis of a patient whose ID is “mno”. Output diagnostic information. The medical device 1 then informs the monitor 8 or the speaker 6 that the arteriosclerosis or diabetes is likely to develop due to periodontal disease, or is likely to develop arteriosclerosis or diabetes due to periodontal disease. The medical record information (table in FIG. 15) stored in the external server 1000 is notified to the X internal medicine clinic that performed the medical diagnosis or information that the arteriosclerosis and diabetes are likely to develop due to periodontal disease. ).
 図11に示されるように、IDが「opq」の患者の場合、歯科診断において歯周病があると診断されている。また、図15に示されるように、IDが「opq」の患者の場合、妊娠中である。このため、図16に示されるように、IDが「opq」の患者の場合、歯周病が原因で早期低体重児出産になり易い旨の情報が診断情報に含まれる。 As shown in FIG. 11, in the case of a patient whose ID is “opq”, it is diagnosed that there is periodontal disease in the dental diagnosis. Further, as shown in FIG. 15, the patient whose ID is “opq” is pregnant. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 16, in the case of a patient whose ID is “opq”, information indicating that early low-weight childbirth is likely to be caused due to periodontal disease is included in the diagnostic information.
 このようにして、診療装置1は、IDが「opq」の患者の医科診断を考慮して歯科診断を行うことで歯周病が原因で早期低体重児出産になり易い旨の情報を含む診断情報を出力する。そして、診療装置1は、歯周病が原因で早期低体重児出産になり易い旨の情報を医科診断を行ったY産婦人科医院に通知したり、歯周病が原因で早期低体重児出産になり易い旨の情報を外部サーバ1000が記憶するカルテ情報(図15のテーブル)に格納したりする。 In this way, the diagnosis apparatus 1 includes a diagnosis including information indicating that it is likely to give birth to an early low-weight infant due to periodontal disease by performing a dental diagnosis in consideration of a medical diagnosis of a patient whose ID is “opq”. Output information. Then, the medical device 1 notifies the Y obstetrics and gynecology clinic that performed the medical diagnosis to the effect that it is easy for childbirth to occur early due to periodontal disease, or early low weight child due to periodontal disease. Information indicating that childbirth is likely to occur is stored in the chart information (table in FIG. 15) stored in the external server 1000.
 [診療装置の処理]
 診療装置1は、患者を直接的に治療することはないが、診断情報を出力し、またその診断情報に基づいて各種機器を制御することで、術者を支援する装置に適用することができる。もしくは、診療装置1は、生身の患者、または人体模型のような疑似患者を直接的に治療する装置に適用することができる。
[Treatment of medical equipment]
Although the medical device 1 does not directly treat a patient, it can be applied to a device that supports an operator by outputting diagnostic information and controlling various devices based on the diagnostic information. . Alternatively, the medical device 1 can be applied to a device that directly treats a living patient or a pseudo patient such as a human body model.
 (診療装置が術者を支援する場合の処理)
 図17を参照しながら、診療装置1が術者を支援する場合の処理の一例について説明する。図17は、診療支援処理を説明するための図である。なお、以下では、処理中の各ステップを単に「S」と略す。
(Processing when the medical device supports the surgeon)
With reference to FIG. 17, an example of processing when the medical device 1 supports the surgeon will be described. FIG. 17 is a diagram for explaining the medical assistance process. In the following, each step being processed is simply abbreviated as “S”.
 図17に示されるように、診療装置1は、患者の主訴を取得する(S1)。具体的には、診療装置1の制御装置100は、音声取得部104によって、マイク4から患者の主訴を音声で取得する。患者の主訴としては、たとえば、歯の痛み度合または痛みを感じる箇所などが想定される。また、患者の主訴としては、たとえば、年齢、性別、および喫煙の有無などの患者情報が想定される。 As shown in FIG. 17, the medical device 1 acquires the patient's main complaint (S1). Specifically, the control device 100 of the medical device 1 acquires the patient's chief complaint from the microphone 4 by voice using the voice acquisition unit 104. As a patient's chief complaint, for example, the degree of tooth pain or a point where pain is felt is assumed. Moreover, patient information, such as age, sex, and the presence or absence of smoking, is assumed as a patient's main complaint, for example.
 診療装置1は、患者の口腔画像を取得する(S2)。具体的には、制御装置100は、口腔画像取得部140によって、口腔カメラ55から口腔画像を取得する。このとき、制御装置100は、腕部制御部111によって腕部本体40fを駆動することで、口腔カメラ55を患者の口元に移動させる。術者または補助者は、患者の口元付近に移動した腕部本体40fを把持してスムーズに口腔内に口腔カメラ55を挿入することができる。もしくは、制御装置100は、口腔画像取得部140によって、X線装置から口腔画像を取得する。口腔画像データは、図11(B)に示す口腔画像関連テーブルに格納される。 The medical device 1 acquires a patient's oral image (S2). Specifically, the control device 100 acquires an oral image from the oral camera 55 by the oral image acquisition unit 140. At this time, the control device 100 moves the oral camera 55 to the patient's mouth by driving the arm main body 40f by the arm control unit 111. The surgeon or assistant can hold the arm main body 40f moved near the patient's mouth and smoothly insert the oral camera 55 into the oral cavity. Alternatively, the control device 100 acquires an oral image from the X-ray device by the oral image acquisition unit 140. The oral image data is stored in the oral image related table shown in FIG.
 診療装置1は、ネットワークで接続された全ての診療装置1における患者の疾患画像を取得する(S3)。具体的には、制御装置100は、歯科情報取得部141によって、通信インターフェース50を介して外部サーバ1000から疾患画像データを取得する。疾患画像データは、図8に示す外部サーバ1000の歯科情報テーブルに格納されている。なお、前述したように、疾患画像データは、疾患状態そのものを表す画像データではなく、複数の患者について、過去にう蝕の疑いのあった歯牙の特徴量、および過去に歯周病の疑いのあった歯周組織の特徴量の集合体である。このため、画像データそのものを取得するよりもデータ通信の遅延を抑えることができ、データ容量の増大も抑えることができる。なお、本実施の形態においては、喫煙の有無に応じて診断基準データを設けているため、S1の処理で患者から喫煙の有無が知らされている場合、喫煙者および非喫煙者のいずれかのみの疾患画像データを取得すればよい。これによっても、データ通信の遅延を抑えることができ、データ容量の増大も抑えることができる。 The medical device 1 acquires disease images of patients in all the medical devices 1 connected via the network (S3). Specifically, the control device 100 acquires disease image data from the external server 1000 via the communication interface 50 by the dental information acquisition unit 141. The disease image data is stored in the dental information table of the external server 1000 shown in FIG. Note that, as described above, the disease image data is not image data representing the disease state itself, but a plurality of patients with a characteristic amount of a tooth that has been suspected of having caries in the past, and a history of suspected periodontal disease. It is a collection of feature values of the periodontal tissue. For this reason, it is possible to suppress the delay of data communication and to suppress an increase in data capacity as compared to acquiring the image data itself. In the present embodiment, since diagnostic reference data is provided according to the presence or absence of smoking, when the presence or absence of smoking is informed by the patient in the process of S1, only one of the smoker and the non-smoker What is necessary is just to acquire the disease image data. As a result, the delay in data communication can be suppressed, and the increase in data capacity can also be suppressed.
 診療装置1は、ネットワークで接続された全ての診療装置1における患者の疾患情報を取得する(S4)。具体的には、制御装置100は、歯科情報取得部141によって、通信インターフェース50を介して外部サーバ1000から疾患情報を取得する。疾患情報は、図8に示す外部サーバ1000の歯科情報テーブルに格納されている。なお、診療装置1は、S3で取得された疾患画像データに対応する疾患情報のみを取得すればよい。 The medical device 1 acquires patient's disease information in all the medical devices 1 connected via the network (S4). Specifically, the control device 100 acquires disease information from the external server 1000 via the communication interface 50 by the dental information acquisition unit 141. The disease information is stored in the dental information table of the external server 1000 shown in FIG. Note that the medical device 1 only needs to acquire disease information corresponding to the disease image data acquired in S3.
 診療装置1は、機械学習または深層学習によって診断基準データを更新する(S5)。具体的には、制御装置100は、人工知能部180によって、記憶部160に記憶された診断基準データを更新する。人工知能部180は、S3で取得された疾患画像データと、S4で取得された疾患情報とに基づいて、図12に示す診断基準テーブルに格納された診断基準データを更新する。 The medical device 1 updates the diagnostic reference data by machine learning or deep learning (S5). Specifically, the control device 100 updates the diagnostic reference data stored in the storage unit 160 by the artificial intelligence unit 180. The artificial intelligence unit 180 updates the diagnostic reference data stored in the diagnostic reference table shown in FIG. 12 based on the disease image data acquired in S3 and the disease information acquired in S4.
 診療装置1は、口腔画像と診断基準データとに基づいて、歯科診断における診断情報を抽出する(S6)。具体的には、制御装置100は、診断部170によって、S2で取得された口腔画像データと、S5で更新された診断基準データとに基づいて、ひとまず医科情報を考慮せずに患者の歯科診断を行う。歯科診断の一例は、図13および図14で説明した通りである。 The medical device 1 extracts diagnostic information in the dental diagnosis based on the oral image and the diagnostic reference data (S6). Specifically, the control device 100 performs the dental diagnosis of the patient without considering the medical information for a while based on the oral image data acquired in S2 by the diagnosis unit 170 and the diagnostic reference data updated in S5. I do. An example of the dental diagnosis is as described with reference to FIGS. 13 and 14.
 診療装置1は、機械学習または深層学習によって関連情報データを更新する(S7)。具体的には、制御装置100は、人工知能部180によって、記憶部160に記憶された関連情報データを更新する。人工知能部180は、過去の歯科診断時に取得した医科情報、随時更新される論文または学会データなどに基づいて、図16に示す関連情報テーブルに格納された歯科診断を行う際の医科診断を考慮した注意事項を更新する。たとえば、過去の歯科診断時に抗凝固薬の服用量が少量であっても出血が止まり難い実例が多ければ、人工知能部180は、抗凝固薬の服用量が少量であっても抜歯を不可とする旨の情報を含むように関連情報を更新する。また、歯周病が原因となる新たな疾患が生じた実例が増加したり、歯周病が原因となる疾患が新たに論文で発表されたりした場合、人工知能部180は、歯周病が原因となる新たな疾患の情報を含むように関連情報を更新する。 The medical device 1 updates the related information data by machine learning or deep learning (S7). Specifically, the control device 100 updates the related information data stored in the storage unit 160 by the artificial intelligence unit 180. The artificial intelligence unit 180 considers the medical diagnosis when performing the dental diagnosis stored in the related information table shown in FIG. 16 based on the medical information acquired at the time of past dental diagnosis, the paper or the academic society data updated as needed. Update the notes. For example, if there are many cases where bleeding is difficult to stop even if the dose of the anticoagulant is small at the past dental diagnosis, the artificial intelligence unit 180 cannot extract the tooth even if the dose of the anticoagulant is small. The related information is updated to include the information to the effect. In addition, when the number of cases in which a new disease caused by periodontal disease is increased or when a disease caused by periodontal disease is newly published in a paper, the artificial intelligence unit 180 determines that the periodontal disease is Update relevant information to include information on new causative diseases.
 診療装置1は、歯科診断に対応する関連情報を抽出する(S8)。具体的には、制御装置100は、診断部170によって、S6で抽出された診断情報に含まれる診断区分に対応する関連情報を、図16に示す関連情報テーブルから抽出する。たとえば、IDが「abc」の患者の場合、診断eが決定されているため、診療装置1は、診断eに対応する注意事項を関連情報テーブルから抽出する。 The medical device 1 extracts related information corresponding to the dental diagnosis (S8). Specifically, the control device 100 causes the diagnosis unit 170 to extract related information corresponding to the diagnosis category included in the diagnosis information extracted in S6 from the related information table illustrated in FIG. For example, in the case of a patient whose ID is “abc”, since diagnosis e is determined, the medical device 1 extracts a precaution corresponding to diagnosis e from the related information table.
 診療装置1は、ネットワークで接続された医療機関において医科診断された患者の医科情報を取得する(S9)。具体的には、制御装置100は、医科情報取得部142によって、通信インターフェース50を介して外部サーバ1000から医科情報を取得する。医科情報は、図15に示す外部サーバ1000の医科情報テーブルに格納されている。なお、診療装置1は、S8で抽出された関連情報に対応する医科情報のみを取得すればよい。もちろん、S8で抽出された関連情報に対応する医科情報に限らず、歯科診断の対象となる患者の過去全て、または所定期間分(たとえば、過去2年間分)の医科情報を取得してもよい。 The medical device 1 acquires medical information of a patient who has been medically diagnosed at a medical institution connected via a network (S9). Specifically, the control apparatus 100 acquires medical information from the external server 1000 via the communication interface 50 by the medical information acquisition unit 142. The medical information is stored in the medical information table of the external server 1000 shown in FIG. The medical device 1 only needs to acquire medical information corresponding to the related information extracted in S8. Of course, not only the medical information corresponding to the related information extracted in S8, but also medical information for all the past of a patient who is a subject of dental diagnosis or for a predetermined period (for example, for the past two years) may be acquired. .
 診療装置1は、歯科治療で抜歯を要するか否かを判断する(S10)。具体的には、制御装置100は、診断部170によって、S6で抽出された歯科診断における診断情報に基づいて、歯科治療で抜歯を要するか否かを判断する。たとえば、IDが「abc」の患者の場合、診断eが決定されているため、抜歯を必ずしも要しないが、歯周病がある程度進行しているため、早期治療またはより確実な治療のために抜歯した方がよいと診断されている。この場合、S10では歯科治療で抜歯を要すると判断される(S10でYES)。 The medical device 1 determines whether or not extraction is required for dental treatment (S10). Specifically, the control device 100 determines whether or not tooth extraction is necessary for dental treatment based on the diagnostic information in the dental diagnosis extracted in S6 by the diagnosis unit 170. For example, in the case of a patient whose ID is “abc”, since the diagnosis e is determined, tooth extraction is not necessarily required, but periodontal disease has progressed to some extent, so that tooth extraction is performed for early treatment or more reliable treatment. Diagnosed to be better. In this case, it is determined in S10 that tooth extraction is required for dental treatment (YES in S10).
 診療装置1は、歯科治療で抜歯を要する場合(S10でYES)、患者が抗凝固薬の服用中であるか否かを判断する(S11)。具体的には、制御装置100は、診断部170によって、S9で抽出された医科情報に基づいて、患者が抗凝固薬の服用中であるか否かを判断する。 The medical treatment device 1 determines whether or not the patient is taking an anticoagulant when the tooth extraction is required for dental treatment (YES in S10) (S11). Specifically, the control device 100 determines whether or not the patient is taking an anticoagulant by the diagnosis unit 170 based on the medical information extracted in S9.
 診療装置1は、患者が抗凝固薬の服用中である場合(S11でYES)、S9で抽出された医科情報に基づいて、患者が抗凝固薬を多量に服用しているか否かを判断する(S12)。診療装置1は、患者が抗凝固薬を多量に服用している場合(S12でYES)、抜歯を行わずに治療する旨の情報を含むように、S6で抽出された診断情報を更新する(S13)。一方、診療装置1は、患者が抗凝固薬を多量に服用していない場合(S12でNO)、出血に注意して抜歯を行う旨の情報を含むように、S6で抽出された診断情報を更新する(S14)。 When the patient is taking the anticoagulant (YES in S11), the medical device 1 determines whether the patient is taking a large amount of the anticoagulant based on the medical information extracted in S9. (S12). When the patient is taking a large amount of an anticoagulant (YES in S12), the medical device 1 updates the diagnostic information extracted in S6 so as to include information indicating that treatment is performed without performing tooth extraction ( S13). On the other hand, when the patient is not taking a large amount of an anticoagulant (NO in S12), the medical device 1 uses the diagnostic information extracted in S6 so as to include information indicating that the extraction is performed with attention to bleeding. Update (S14).
 診療装置1は、S13またはS14の処理の後、患者が歯周病を有する否かを判断する(S15)。具体的には、制御装置100は、診断部170によって、S6で抽出された診断情報に基づいて、患者が歯周病を有するか否かを判断する。診療装置1は、患者が歯周病を有する場合(S15でYES)、歯周病が原因となる疾患を患者が有するか否かを判断する(S16)。具体的には、制御装置100は、診断部170によって、S9で抽出された医科情報に基づいて、歯周病が原因となる疾患を患者が有するか否かを判断する。 The medical device 1 determines whether or not the patient has periodontal disease after the process of S13 or S14 (S15). Specifically, the control device 100 determines whether or not the patient has periodontal disease by the diagnosis unit 170 based on the diagnosis information extracted in S6. When the patient has periodontal disease (YES in S15), the medical device 1 determines whether the patient has a disease caused by periodontal disease (S16). Specifically, the control device 100 determines whether or not the patient has a disease caused by periodontal disease based on the medical information extracted in S9 by the diagnosis unit 170.
 診療装置1は、歯周病が原因となる疾患を患者が有する場合(S16でYES)、歯周病が原因となる疾患を患者が有する旨の情報を含むように、S6で抽出された診断情報を更新する(S17)。一方、診療装置1は、患者が歯周病を有しない場合(S15でNO)、歯周病が原因となる疾患を患者が有しない場合(S16でNO)、またはS17の処理を実行した後、更新後の診断情報をモニタ8に表示する(S18)。具体的には、制御装置100は、表示部108によって、診断部170から出力された診断情報をモニタ8に画像で表示させる。これにより、術者または患者は、モニタ8に表示された診断結果、治療方針、治療内容、または医科診断を考慮した注意事項などを確認することができる。 When the patient has a disease caused by periodontal disease (YES in S16), the medical device 1 has the diagnosis extracted in S6 so as to include information indicating that the patient has a disease caused by periodontal disease. Information is updated (S17). On the other hand, when the patient does not have periodontal disease (NO in S15), the patient does not have a disease caused by periodontal disease (NO in S16), or after executing the process of S17. The updated diagnostic information is displayed on the monitor 8 (S18). Specifically, the control device 100 causes the display unit 108 to display diagnostic information output from the diagnostic unit 170 on the monitor 8 as an image. Thereby, the operator or patient can confirm the diagnosis result displayed on the monitor 8, the treatment policy, the treatment content, or the cautions considering the medical diagnosis.
 診療装置1は、診断情報に含まれる情報として、治療の進行度合いが段階的に分かる画像をモニタ8に表示してもよい。さらに、診療装置1は、段階的に進行する治療のステップごとの時間が分かる画像をモニタ8に表示してもよい。これにより、術者は、治療の進行度合いおよび治療時間を段階的に把握することができる。さらに、診療装置1は、診断情報に含まれる情報として、歯周病が原因となる疾患について分かる画像、または抗凝固薬の服用による抜歯への影響について分かる画像などをモニタ8に表示してもよい。これにより、術者は、医科診断を考慮した注意事項に従って歯科治療を行ったり、患者に歯科分野の疾患と医科分野の疾患との因果関係を説明したりすることができる。 The medical device 1 may display on the monitor 8 an image in which the degree of progress of treatment is known step by step as information included in the diagnostic information. Furthermore, the medical treatment apparatus 1 may display an image on the monitor 8 in which the time for each treatment step that progresses in stages is known. Thereby, the surgeon can grasp | ascertain the progress degree and treatment time of a treatment in steps. Furthermore, the medical device 1 may display on the monitor 8 an image that understands a disease caused by periodontal disease or an image that understands the influence on tooth extraction caused by taking anticoagulant as information included in the diagnosis information. Good. Accordingly, the surgeon can perform dental treatment according to the precautions considering the medical diagnosis, and can explain to the patient the causal relationship between the disease in the dental field and the disease in the medical field.
 診療装置1は、診断情報をスピーカ6から音声で出力する(S19)。具体的には、制御装置100は、音声出力部106によって、診断部170から出力された診断情報をスピーカ6に音声で出力させる。これにより、術者または患者は、スピーカ6から出力された診断結果、治療方針、治療内容、または医科診断を考慮した注意事項などを確認することができる。 The medical device 1 outputs the diagnostic information by voice from the speaker 6 (S19). Specifically, the control device 100 causes the audio output unit 106 to output the diagnosis information output from the diagnosis unit 170 to the speaker 6 using audio. Thereby, the surgeon or patient can confirm the diagnosis result output from the speaker 6, the treatment policy, the treatment content, or the precautions considering the medical diagnosis.
 診療装置1は、診断情報に含まれる情報として、治療の進行度合いが段階的に分かる音声をスピーカ6から出力してもよい。さらに、診療装置1は、段階的に進行する治療のステップごとの時間が分かる音声をスピーカ6から出力してもよい。これにより、術者は、治療の進行度合いおよび治療時間を段階的に把握することができる。さらに、診療装置1は、診断情報に含まれる情報として、歯周病が原因となる疾患について分かる音声、または抗凝固薬の服用による抜歯への影響について分かる音声などをスピーカ6から出力してもよい。これにより、術者は、医科診断を考慮した注意事項に従って歯科治療を行ったり、患者に歯科分野の疾患と医科分野の疾患との因果関係を説明したりすることができる。 The medical treatment apparatus 1 may output, from the speaker 6, a sound in which the degree of progress of treatment is known in stages as information included in the diagnostic information. Furthermore, the medical treatment device 1 may output a sound from the speaker 6 in which the time for each treatment step that progresses in stages is known. Thereby, the surgeon can grasp | ascertain the progress degree and treatment time of a treatment in steps. Furthermore, the medical device 1 may output, as information included in the diagnostic information, from the speaker 6, a voice that understands a disease caused by periodontal disease, a voice that understands the influence on tooth extraction caused by taking an anticoagulant, or the like. Good. Accordingly, the surgeon can perform dental treatment according to the precautions considering the medical diagnosis, and can explain to the patient the causal relationship between the disease in the dental field and the disease in the medical field.
 術者は、モニタ8に表示された診断結果またはスピーカ6から出力された診断結果などが、自身の知識および経験から生まれる診断結果などと同じであれば、安心することができる。一方、術者は、モニタ8に表示された診断結果またはスピーカ6から出力された診断結果などが、自身の知識および経験から生まれる診断結果などと異なっていれば、操作パネル5などを用いて診断情報を訂正することもできる。 The surgeon can be relieved if the diagnosis result displayed on the monitor 8 or the diagnosis result output from the speaker 6 is the same as the diagnosis result born from his knowledge and experience. On the other hand, if the diagnosis result displayed on the monitor 8 or the diagnosis result output from the speaker 6 is different from the diagnosis result born from its own knowledge and experience, the surgeon diagnoses using the operation panel 5 or the like. You can also correct the information.
 なお、診療装置1は、診断情報に含まれる情報として、複数の診断結果およびその治療内容が分かる画像をモニタ8に表示してもよい。この場合、診療装置1は、治療の優先度に応じてランキング形式で治療内容が分かる画像をモニタ8に表示してもよい。これに対して術者は、自身の知識および経験から生まれる診断結果に基づいて、いずれかの診断結果を選択できるものであってもよい。 The medical device 1 may display a plurality of diagnosis results and images showing the treatment contents on the monitor 8 as information included in the diagnosis information. In this case, the medical device 1 may display an image on the monitor 8 in which the treatment contents are understood in a ranking format according to the treatment priority. On the other hand, the surgeon may be able to select any diagnosis result based on the diagnosis result born from his knowledge and experience.
 次に、術者の行為としてインフォームド・コンセントが行われる(S20)。このとき、術者は、モニタ8に表示された診断情報またはスピーカ6から出力された診断情報を患者と確認しながら、診断結果および治療内容などについて患者から合意を得る。術者が患者から合意を得られた場合、次のステップが行われる。なお、術者は、モニタ8に表示された診断情報およびスピーカ6から出力された診断情報の少なくともいずれかを確認できればインフォームド・コンセントを行える。このため、診療装置1は、S18の処理およびS19の処理のいずれかを省略してもよい。 Next, informed consent is performed as an act of the surgeon (S20). At this time, the surgeon obtains an agreement from the patient about the diagnosis result and the treatment contents while confirming the diagnosis information displayed on the monitor 8 or the diagnosis information output from the speaker 6 with the patient. If the surgeon obtains an agreement from the patient, the following steps are performed. The surgeon can perform informed consent if at least one of the diagnostic information displayed on the monitor 8 and the diagnostic information output from the speaker 6 can be confirmed. For this reason, the medical treatment apparatus 1 may omit either the process of S18 or the process of S19.
 診療装置1は、診断情報に基づいて診療台20を制御する(S21)。具体的には、制御装置100は、診療台制御部120によって、記憶部160に記憶された診療台制御データに基づいて診療台20を駆動する。診療台制御データは、診断部170から出力された診断情報に基づいて診療台20の位置および姿勢を制御するためのデータを含む。 The medical device 1 controls the medical table 20 based on the diagnostic information (S21). Specifically, the control device 100 drives the medical table 20 by the medical table control unit 120 based on the medical table control data stored in the storage unit 160. The clinical table control data includes data for controlling the position and posture of the clinical table 20 based on the diagnostic information output from the diagnostic unit 170.
 たとえば、診療装置1は、診断情報に基づいて診療台20を駆動することで、診療台20の高さ、診療台に対して保持された背板の角度、ヘッドレスト21の角度などを制御する。さらに、診療装置1は、治療の進行に応じて、治療に沿った位置および姿勢になるように、診療台20を微調整する。これにより、診療台20の位置および姿勢は、治療内容に従った位置および姿勢になる。なお、診療装置1は、診断情報に含まれる患者の体格データ、または診療台20に設けられた身長および体重を検知する検知器によって取得された体格データに基づいて、診療台20を駆動してもよい。これにより、患者は、最も安定し、かつ無理の無い姿勢を考慮した治療を受けることができる。 For example, the medical device 1 controls the height of the medical table 20, the angle of the back plate held with respect to the medical table, the angle of the headrest 21 and the like by driving the medical table 20 based on the diagnostic information. Furthermore, the medical device 1 finely adjusts the medical table 20 so that the position and posture are in line with the treatment as the treatment progresses. Thereby, the position and posture of the treatment table 20 become the position and posture according to the treatment content. The medical device 1 drives the medical table 20 based on the patient's physique data included in the diagnostic information or the physique data acquired by a detector that detects the height and weight provided in the medical table 20. Also good. Thereby, the patient can receive the treatment in consideration of the most stable and unreasonable posture.
 診療装置1は、診断情報に基づいて各腕部本体40を制御する(S22)。具体的には、制御装置100は、腕部制御部111によって、記憶部160に記憶された腕部制御データに基づいて各腕部本体40を駆動する。腕部制御データは、診断部170から出力された診断情報に基づいて各腕部本体40を駆動するためのデータを含む。これにより、各腕部本体40は、治療内容に沿うように制御される。 The medical treatment device 1 controls each arm body 40 based on the diagnostic information (S22). Specifically, the control device 100 drives each arm unit main body 40 based on the arm unit control data stored in the storage unit 160 by the arm unit control unit 111. The arm control data includes data for driving each arm main body 40 based on the diagnostic information output from the diagnostic unit 170. Thereby, each arm part main body 40 is controlled so that treatment content may be met.
 たとえば、歯牙を切削する工程において、診療装置1は、エアタ-ビンハンドピースが接続された腕部本体40を患者の口元付近に移動させる。術者は、患者の口元付近に移動した腕部本体40を把持してスムーズに歯牙の切削を開始することができる。また、診療装置1は、バキュームシリンジが接続された腕部本体40を患者の口元付近に移動させる。補助者は、患者の口元付近に移動した腕部本体40を把持してスムーズに口腔内の唾液または血液を吸引することができる。 For example, in the process of cutting teeth, the medical device 1 moves the arm main body 40 to which the air turbine handpiece is connected to the vicinity of the patient's mouth. The surgeon can grasp the arm main body 40 moved to the vicinity of the patient's mouth and start cutting teeth smoothly. Moreover, the medical device 1 moves the arm main body 40 to which the vacuum syringe is connected to the vicinity of the patient's mouth. The assistant can hold the arm main body 40 moved near the patient's mouth and smoothly suck saliva or blood in the oral cavity.
 治療内容によっては、エアタ-ビンハンドピースおよびバキュームシリンジのように、術者によって使用される診療器具30と、補助者によって使用される診療器具30とが同時に必要となることがある。このような場合、診療装置1は、複数の腕部本体40を同時に駆動する。但し、診療装置1は、複数の腕部本体40を同時に動かす場合、それぞれに接続された診療器具30を互いに衝突させることなく、腕部本体40および診療器具30を駆動する。 Depending on the content of treatment, a medical instrument 30 used by an operator and a medical instrument 30 used by an assistant may be required at the same time, such as an air turbine handpiece and a vacuum syringe. In such a case, the medical device 1 drives a plurality of arm body 40 at the same time. However, the medical device 1 drives the arm body 40 and the medical device 30 without causing the medical devices 30 connected to each other to collide with each other when moving the plurality of arm main bodies 40 simultaneously.
 たとえば、制御装置100は、俯瞰カメラ9によって取得された俯瞰画像に基づき、各腕部本体40の位置を検出し、検出位置に基づき各腕部本体40の位置を制御する。各腕部本体40に赤外線反射マークを付与するものであれば、制御装置100は、俯瞰カメラ9とは異なる赤外線カメラによって、各腕部本体40の位置を検出してもよい。各腕部本体40に電磁気源を設けるものであれば、制御装置100は、検出器によって電磁気を検知することで各腕部本体40の位置を検出してもよい。制御装置100は、各腕部本体40の関節に設けられたエンコーダからの検出値に基づいて、各腕部本体40の位置を検出してもよい。 For example, the control device 100 detects the position of each arm unit body 40 based on the bird's-eye view image acquired by the overhead camera 9, and controls the position of each arm unit body 40 based on the detected position. The control device 100 may detect the position of each arm portion main body 40 using an infrared camera different from the overhead camera 9 as long as an infrared reflection mark is given to each arm portion main body 40. If each arm unit 40 is provided with an electromagnetic source, the control device 100 may detect the position of each arm unit body 40 by detecting the electromagnetic force with a detector. The control device 100 may detect the position of each arm unit body 40 based on a detection value from an encoder provided at a joint of each arm unit body 40.
 診療装置1は、診断情報に基づいて各診療器具30を制御する(S23)。具体的には、制御装置100は、診療器具制御部131によって、記憶部160に記憶された診療器具制御データに基づいて各診療器具30を駆動する。診療器具制御データは、診断部170から出力された診断情報に基づいて各診療器具30を駆動するためのデータを含む。これにより、各診療器具30は、治療内容に沿うように制御される。 The medical device 1 controls each medical device 30 based on the diagnostic information (S23). Specifically, in the control device 100, the medical instrument control unit 131 drives each medical instrument 30 based on the medical instrument control data stored in the storage unit 160. The medical instrument control data includes data for driving each medical instrument 30 based on the diagnostic information output from the diagnostic unit 170. Thereby, each medical instrument 30 is controlled so that treatment content may be met.
 たとえば、診療装置1は、治療内容に沿うように診療器具30を選定し、その使用順序を決定する。診療装置1は、使用する診療器具30が接続された腕部本体40が口元付近に移動すると、その腕部本体40に接続された診療器具30の駆動準備ができたことをランプの点灯などによって術者に報知する。駆動準備ができたことの報知は、腕部本体40が口元付近に移動して確実に停止したときに行われる方が好ましい。術者は、駆動準備ができたことを確認した上で、安全に診療器具30を駆動させることができる。 For example, the medical device 1 selects the medical device 30 so as to follow the treatment content and determines the order of use. When the arm main body 40 connected to the medical instrument 30 to be used moves to the vicinity of the mouth, the medical device 1 indicates that the medical instrument 30 connected to the arm main body 40 is ready to be driven by lighting a lamp or the like. Notify the surgeon. The notification that the drive is ready is preferably performed when the arm main body 40 has moved to the vicinity of the mouth and stopped reliably. The surgeon can drive the medical instrument 30 safely after confirming that the drive is ready.
 また、診療装置1は、治療内容に沿うように診療器具30の各種設定値を変更する。診療器具30の設定値には、たとえば、エアタ-ビンハンドピースなどの診療器具の回転数、回転速度、回転方向、および回転パターンなどを決定するための設定値が含まれる。 Also, the medical device 1 changes various setting values of the medical device 30 so as to follow the treatment content. The set values of the medical instrument 30 include, for example, set values for determining the rotation speed, rotation speed, rotation direction, rotation pattern, and the like of a medical instrument such as an air turbine handpiece.
 具体的な例として、根管治療においては、根管のX線画像に基づいて、根管拡大、洗浄、および充填といった治療が行われる。このとき、根管拡大にあたっては、リーマまたはファイルといった切削工具を装着したマイクロモータハンドピースを使用して歯牙の根管の切削が行われる。臼歯などでは根管が湾曲しているために切削工具に掛かるトルクが大きくなりすぎると、切削工具が破切してしまう虞がある。切削工具の細さは複数種類存在するため、たとえば、細いものから太いものへと順番に使い分ける必要がある。さらに、最短時間でより正確に根管の形状に沿って根管を拡大する必要もある。診療装置1は、口腔画像として予め取得して記憶部160に記憶したX線CT画像に基づいて、根管の深さや形状の湾曲度に応じて最適な切削工具を選択し、各切削工具に応じた設定値を設定したり、報知に従って術者がマニュアルで調整できるように報知したりすることができる。 As a specific example, in root canal treatment, treatment such as root canal enlargement, washing, and filling is performed based on an X-ray image of the root canal. At this time, when expanding the root canal, the root canal of the tooth is cut using a micromotor handpiece equipped with a cutting tool such as a reamer or a file. Since the root canal is curved in molars and the like, if the torque applied to the cutting tool becomes too large, the cutting tool may be broken. Since there are multiple types of cutting tool thinness, for example, it is necessary to use them in order from thin to thick. Furthermore, it is necessary to enlarge the root canal along the shape of the root canal more accurately in the shortest time. The medical device 1 selects an optimal cutting tool according to the depth of the root canal and the degree of curvature of the shape based on the X-ray CT image acquired in advance as an oral image and stored in the storage unit 160, and each cutting tool is selected. A corresponding set value can be set, or a notification can be made so that the surgeon can manually adjust according to the notification.
 これにより、術者は、設定値を自分自身で変更することなくスムーズに最適な治療を行うことができる。 This makes it possible for the surgeon to smoothly perform optimal treatment without changing the set value by himself.
 術者による治療中においては、診療台20の位置および姿勢によって患者が異常姿勢になった場合、診療台20の位置および姿勢が変更される。また、患者が過度の痛みを感じるしぐさをした場合、診療器具30の駆動の停止、切削工具の回転速度の低下または回転方向の変更などが行われる。 During the treatment by the surgeon, when the patient becomes an abnormal posture due to the position and posture of the medical table 20, the position and posture of the medical table 20 are changed. Further, when the patient feels excessive pain, the driving of the medical instrument 30 is stopped, the rotational speed of the cutting tool is decreased, or the rotational direction is changed.
 術者による治療が完了した後、術者の行為として治療結果などが患者に説明され(S24)、一連の診療支援処理が終了する。 After the treatment by the surgeon is completed, the treatment result and the like are explained to the patient as the act of the surgeon (S24), and a series of medical care support processing ends.
 なお、前述した一連の診療支援処理において、S3、S4、およびS5の処理については省略してもよい。疾患画像データおよび疾患情報を取得するタイミング、および診断基準データを更新するタイミングは、必ずしも患者を診断するときに限らず、S6に示す診断情報を出力する処理の前に行われていればよい。たとえば、診療装置1は、電源が入れられたタイミングで疾患画像データおよび疾患情報を取得して診断基準データを更新してもよいし、定期的に行われる割込処理によって疾患画像データおよび疾患情報を取得して診断基準データを更新してもよい。 In the series of medical assistance processes described above, the processes of S3, S4, and S5 may be omitted. The timing for acquiring the disease image data and the disease information and the timing for updating the diagnostic reference data are not necessarily limited to when diagnosing a patient, but may be performed before the process of outputting the diagnostic information shown in S6. For example, the medical device 1 may acquire the disease image data and the disease information at the timing when the power is turned on to update the diagnostic reference data, or the disease image data and the disease information are obtained by interruption processing performed periodically. May be obtained to update the diagnostic reference data.
 また、前述した一連の診療支援処理において、S7の処理については省略してもよい。関連情報データを更新するタイミングは、必ずしも患者を診断するときに限らず、S8に示す患者の歯科診断に対応する関連情報を抽出する処理の前に行われていればよい。たとえば、診療装置1は、電源が入れられたタイミングで関連情報データを更新してもよいし、定期的に行われる割込処理によって関連情報データを更新してもよい。 In the above-described series of medical assistance processes, the process of S7 may be omitted. The timing of updating the related information data is not necessarily limited to when diagnosing a patient, but may be performed before the process of extracting related information corresponding to the dental diagnosis of the patient shown in S8. For example, the medical device 1 may update the related information data at a timing when the power is turned on, or may update the related information data by an interrupt process performed periodically.
 (診療装置が人体模型を直接的に治療する場合の処理)
 図18を参照しながら、診療装置1が人体模型を直接的に治療する場合の処理の一例について説明する。たとえば、歯科大学での教育実習として、人体模型が患者としてみなされ、診療装置1が人体模型を直接的に治療することで治療の見本を学生に披露することを想定する。
(Process when the medical device directly treats the human body model)
With reference to FIG. 18, an example of processing when the medical device 1 directly treats a human body model will be described. For example, as an educational practice at a dental university, it is assumed that a human body model is regarded as a patient, and the medical treatment apparatus 1 directly treats the human body model to show a sample of treatment to a student.
 人体模型は、治療中に与えられた刺激の有無およびその度合などを検知して、その検知結果に基づいて、顔の表情を変えたり、音声を出力したり、体を動かしたりする。たとえば、人体模型は、異常がなければ、音声を発することなく、また体を動かさずに、リラックスした表情を再現し、異常があれば、嘔吐、痛み、不安、または不快などの表情を再現しつつ、音声を発したり手を挙げたりする。 The human body model detects the presence or absence and degree of stimulation given during treatment, and changes the facial expression, outputs sound, or moves the body based on the detection result. For example, if there is no abnormality, the human body model reproduces a relaxed expression without making a voice or moving the body, and if there is an abnormality, it reproduces an expression such as vomiting, pain, anxiety, or discomfort. While making a voice or raising a hand.
 図18は、診療処理を説明するための図である。図18に示されるように、診療装置1は、患者の主訴を取得する(S31)。具体的には、診療装置1の制御装置100は、音声取得部104によって、マイク4から患者の主訴を音声で取得する。この例の場合、患者は人体模型であるため、生身の患者を模倣して人体模型から機械音声が出力される。音声取得部104は、この機械音声を取得する。 FIG. 18 is a diagram for explaining the medical treatment process. As illustrated in FIG. 18, the medical device 1 acquires a patient's main complaint (S31). Specifically, the control device 100 of the medical device 1 acquires the patient's chief complaint from the microphone 4 by voice using the voice acquisition unit 104. In this example, since the patient is a human body model, a mechanical sound is output from the human body model imitating a living patient. The voice acquisition unit 104 acquires this machine voice.
 診療装置1は、患者の口腔画像を取得する(S32)。具体的には、制御装置100は、口腔画像取得部140によって、口腔カメラ55から口腔画像を取得する。このとき、制御装置100は、腕部制御部111によって腕部本体40fを駆動することで、口腔カメラ55を患者の口腔内に挿入する。制御装置100は、口腔カメラ55が患者の口腔内に確実に挿入された後で、口腔カメラ55で口腔内を撮影する。もしくは、制御装置100は、口腔画像取得部140によって、X線装置から口腔画像を取得する。口腔画像データは、図11(B)に示す口腔画像関連テーブルに格納される。 The medical device 1 acquires a patient's oral image (S32). Specifically, the control device 100 acquires an oral image from the oral camera 55 by the oral image acquisition unit 140. At this time, the control device 100 inserts the oral camera 55 into the patient's oral cavity by driving the arm main body 40f by the arm control unit 111. The control device 100 captures an image of the oral cavity with the oral camera 55 after the oral camera 55 is reliably inserted into the oral cavity of the patient. Alternatively, the control device 100 acquires an oral image from the X-ray device by the oral image acquisition unit 140. The oral image data is stored in the oral image related table shown in FIG.
 診療装置1は、ネットワークで接続された全ての診療装置1における患者の疾患画像を取得する(S33)。具体的には、制御装置100は、歯科情報取得部141によって、通信インターフェース50を介して外部サーバ1000から疾患画像データを取得する。疾患画像データは、図8に示す外部サーバ1000の歯科情報テーブルに格納されている。なお、図17のS3と同様に、診療装置1は、疾患状態そのものを表す画像データではなく、複数の患者について、過去にう蝕の疑いのあった歯牙の特徴量、および過去に歯周病の疑いのあった歯周組織の特徴量の集合体を疾患画像データとして取得する。また、診療装置1は、喫煙者および非喫煙者のいずれかのみの疾患画像データを取得すればよい。 The medical device 1 acquires disease images of patients in all the medical devices 1 connected via the network (S33). Specifically, the control device 100 acquires disease image data from the external server 1000 via the communication interface 50 by the dental information acquisition unit 141. The disease image data is stored in the dental information table of the external server 1000 shown in FIG. Similarly to S3 in FIG. 17, the medical device 1 is not image data representing the disease state itself, but a plurality of patients with a characteristic amount of a tooth previously suspected of having caries and a periodontal disease in the past. A collection of feature amounts of periodontal tissue suspected of is acquired as disease image data. Moreover, the medical device 1 should just acquire the disease image data of only one of a smoker and a non-smoker.
 診療装置1は、ネットワークで接続された全ての診療装置1における患者の疾患情報を取得する(S34)。具体的には、制御装置100は、歯科情報取得部141によって、通信インターフェース50を介して外部サーバ1000から疾患情報を取得する。疾患情報は、図8に示す外部サーバ1000の歯科情報テーブルに格納されている。なお、診療装置1は、S33で取得された疾患画像データに対応する疾患情報のみを取得すればよい。 The medical device 1 acquires the disease information of the patients in all the medical devices 1 connected via the network (S34). Specifically, the control device 100 acquires disease information from the external server 1000 via the communication interface 50 by the dental information acquisition unit 141. The disease information is stored in the dental information table of the external server 1000 shown in FIG. Note that the medical device 1 only needs to acquire disease information corresponding to the disease image data acquired in S33.
 診療装置1は、機械学習または深層学習によって診断基準データを更新する(S35)。具体的には、制御装置100は、人工知能部180によって、記憶部160に記憶された診断基準データを更新する。人工知能部180は、S33で取得された疾患画像データと、S34で取得された疾患情報とに基づいて、図12に示す診断基準テーブルに格納された診断基準データを更新する。 The medical device 1 updates the diagnostic reference data by machine learning or deep learning (S35). Specifically, the control device 100 updates the diagnostic reference data stored in the storage unit 160 by the artificial intelligence unit 180. The artificial intelligence unit 180 updates the diagnostic reference data stored in the diagnostic reference table shown in FIG. 12 based on the disease image data acquired in S33 and the disease information acquired in S34.
 診療装置1は、口腔画像と診断基準データとに基づいて、歯科診断における診断情報を抽出する(S36)。具体的には、制御装置100は、診断部170によって、S32で取得された口腔画像データと、S35で更新された診断基準データとに基づいて、ひとまず医科情報を考慮せずに患者の歯科診断を行う。歯科診断の一例は、図13および図14で説明した通りである。 The medical device 1 extracts diagnostic information in the dental diagnosis based on the oral image and the diagnostic reference data (S36). Specifically, the control device 100 performs the dental diagnosis of the patient without considering the medical information for the time being based on the oral image data acquired in S32 by the diagnosis unit 170 and the diagnostic reference data updated in S35. I do. An example of the dental diagnosis is as described with reference to FIGS. 13 and 14.
 診療装置1は、機械学習または深層学習によって関連情報データを更新する(S37)。具体的には、制御装置100は、人工知能部180によって、記憶部160に記憶された関連情報データを更新する。人工知能部180は、図17のS7と同様に、過去の歯科診断時に取得した医科情報、随時更新される論文または学会データなどに基づいて、図16に示す関連情報テーブルに格納された歯科診断を行う際の医科診断を考慮した注意事項を更新する。 The medical device 1 updates the related information data by machine learning or deep learning (S37). Specifically, the control device 100 updates the related information data stored in the storage unit 160 by the artificial intelligence unit 180. As in S7 of FIG. 17, the artificial intelligence unit 180 performs the dental diagnosis stored in the related information table shown in FIG. 16 based on medical information acquired at the time of past dental diagnosis, papers updated at any time, or academic society data. Update the precautions taking into account the medical diagnosis.
 診療装置1は、歯科診断に対応する関連情報を抽出する(S38)。具体的には、制御装置100は、診断部170によって、S36で抽出された診断情報に含まれる診断区分に対応する関連情報を、図16に示す関連情報テーブルから抽出する。この例の場合、患者は人体模型であるため、予め設定された内容に基づいて、擬似的に関連情報が抽出される。 The medical device 1 extracts related information corresponding to the dental diagnosis (S38). Specifically, the control device 100 causes the diagnosis unit 170 to extract related information corresponding to the diagnosis category included in the diagnosis information extracted in S36 from the related information table shown in FIG. In this example, since the patient is a human body model, related information is extracted in a pseudo manner based on preset contents.
 診療装置1は、ネットワークで接続された医療機関において医科診断された患者の医科情報を取得する(S39)。具体的には、制御装置100は、医科情報取得部142によって、通信インターフェース50を介して外部サーバ1000から医科情報を取得する。医科情報は、図15に示す外部サーバ1000の医科情報テーブルに格納されている。この例の場合、患者は人体模型であるため、予め設定された内容に基づいて、擬似的に医科情報が取得される。 The medical device 1 acquires medical information of a patient who has been medically diagnosed at a medical institution connected via a network (S39). Specifically, the control apparatus 100 acquires medical information from the external server 1000 via the communication interface 50 by the medical information acquisition unit 142. The medical information is stored in the medical information table of the external server 1000 shown in FIG. In this example, since the patient is a human body model, medical information is obtained in a pseudo manner based on preset contents.
 診療装置1は、歯科治療で抜歯を要するか否かを判断する(S40)。具体的には、制御装置100は、診断部170によって、S36で抽出された歯科診断における診断情報に基づいて、歯科治療で抜歯を要するか否かを判断する。この例の場合、患者は人体模型であるため、予め設定された内容に基づいて、擬似的に抜歯を要するか否かが判断される。 The medical device 1 determines whether or not extraction is required for dental treatment (S40). Specifically, the control device 100 determines whether or not tooth extraction is necessary for dental treatment based on the diagnostic information in the dental diagnosis extracted in S36 by the diagnosis unit 170. In the case of this example, since the patient is a human body model, it is determined whether or not pseudo extraction is required based on preset contents.
 診療装置1は、歯科治療で抜歯を要する場合(S40でYES)、患者が抗凝固薬の服用中であるか否かを判断する(S41)。具体的には、制御装置100は、診断部170によって、S39で抽出された医科情報に基づいて、患者が抗凝固薬の服用中であるか否かを判断する。この例の場合、患者は人体模型であるため、予め設定された内容に基づいて、患者が抗凝固薬の服用中であるか否かが判断される。 The medical device 1 determines whether or not the patient is taking an anticoagulant (S41) when extraction is required for dental treatment (YES in S40). Specifically, the control device 100 determines whether or not the patient is taking an anticoagulant by the diagnosis unit 170 based on the medical information extracted in S39. In this example, since the patient is a human body model, whether or not the patient is taking an anticoagulant is determined based on preset contents.
 診療装置1は、患者が抗凝固薬の服用中である場合(S41でYES)、S39で抽出された医科情報に基づいて、患者が抗凝固薬を多量に服用しているか否かを判断する(S42)。この例の場合、患者は人体模型であるため、予め設定された内容に基づいて、患者が抗凝固薬を多量に服用しているか否かが判断される。 When the patient is taking an anticoagulant (YES in S41), the medical device 1 determines whether the patient is taking a large amount of the anticoagulant based on the medical information extracted in S39. (S42). In this example, since the patient is a human body model, it is determined whether or not the patient is taking a large amount of an anticoagulant based on preset contents.
 診療装置1は、患者が抗凝固薬を多量に服用している場合(S42でYES)、抜歯を行わずに治療する旨の情報を含むように、S36で抽出された診断情報を更新する(S43)。一方、診療装置1は、患者が抗凝固薬を多量に服用していない場合(S42でNO)、出血に注意して抜歯を行う旨の情報を含むように、S36で抽出された診断情報を更新する(S44)。 When the patient is taking a large amount of an anticoagulant (YES in S42), the medical device 1 updates the diagnostic information extracted in S36 so as to include information indicating that treatment is performed without performing tooth extraction ( S43). On the other hand, when the patient is not taking a large amount of anticoagulant (NO in S42), the medical device 1 receives the diagnostic information extracted in S36 so as to include information indicating that the tooth extraction is performed with attention to bleeding. Update (S44).
 診療装置1は、S43またはS44の処理の後、患者が歯周病を有する否かを判断する(S45)。具体的には、制御装置100は、診断部170によって、S36で抽出された診断情報に基づいて、患者が歯周病を有するか否かを判断する。この例の場合、患者は人体模型であるため、予め設定された内容に基づいて、患者が歯周病を有するか否かが判断される。 The medical treatment apparatus 1 determines whether or not the patient has periodontal disease after the process of S43 or S44 (S45). Specifically, the control device 100 determines whether or not the patient has periodontal disease by the diagnosis unit 170 based on the diagnosis information extracted in S36. In this example, since the patient is a human body model, it is determined whether or not the patient has periodontal disease based on preset contents.
 診療装置1は、患者が歯周病を有する場合(S45でYES)、歯周病が原因となる疾患を患者が有するか否かを判断する(S46)。具体的には、制御装置100は、診断部170によって、S39で抽出された医科情報に基づいて、歯周病が原因となる疾患を患者が有するか否かを判断する。この例の場合、患者は人体模型であるため、予め設定された内容に基づいて、擬似的に歯周病が原因となる疾患を患者が有するか否かが判断される。 If the patient has periodontal disease (YES in S45), the medical device 1 determines whether the patient has a disease caused by periodontal disease (S46). Specifically, the control device 100 determines whether or not the patient has a disease caused by periodontal disease based on the medical information extracted in S39 by the diagnosis unit 170. In the case of this example, since the patient is a human body model, it is determined whether or not the patient has a disease caused by periodontal disease in a pseudo manner based on preset contents.
 診療装置1は、歯周病が原因となる疾患を患者が有する場合(S46でYES)、歯周病が原因となる疾患を患者が有する旨の情報を含むように、S36で抽出された診断情報を更新する(S47)。一方、診療装置1は、患者が歯周病を有しない場合(S45でNO)、歯周病が原因となる疾患を患者が有しない場合(S46でNO)、またはS47の処理を実行した後、更新後の診断情報をモニタ8に表示する(S48)。具体的には、制御装置100は、表示部108によって、診断部170から出力された診断情報をモニタ8に画像で表示させる。これにより、実習中の学生は、モニタ8に表示された診断結果、治療方針、治療内容、または医科診断を考慮した注意事項などを確認することができる。 When the patient has a disease caused by periodontal disease (YES in S46), the medical device 1 has the diagnosis extracted in S36 so as to include information indicating that the patient has a disease caused by periodontal disease. Information is updated (S47). On the other hand, when the patient does not have periodontal disease (NO in S45), the patient does not have a disease caused by periodontal disease (NO in S46), or after executing the process of S47 The updated diagnostic information is displayed on the monitor 8 (S48). Specifically, the control device 100 causes the display unit 108 to display diagnostic information output from the diagnostic unit 170 on the monitor 8 as an image. Thereby, the student in training can confirm the diagnosis result displayed on the monitor 8, the treatment policy, the treatment content, the cautions considering the medical diagnosis, and the like.
 診療装置1は、診断情報に含まれる情報として、治療の進行度合いが段階的に分かる画像をモニタ8に表示してもよい。さらに、診療装置1は、段階的に進行する治療のステップごとの時間が分かる画像をモニタ8に表示してもよい。これにより、学生は、治療の進行度合いおよび治療時間を段階的に把握することができる。さらに、診療装置1は、診断情報に含まれる情報として、歯周病が原因となる疾患について分かる画像、または抗凝固薬の服用による抜歯への影響について分かる画像などをモニタ8に表示してもよい。これにより、学生は、医科診断を考慮した注意事項を把握することができる。 The medical device 1 may display on the monitor 8 an image in which the degree of progress of treatment is known step by step as information included in the diagnostic information. Furthermore, the medical treatment apparatus 1 may display an image on the monitor 8 in which the time for each treatment step that progresses in stages is known. Thereby, the student can grasp | ascertain the progress degree and treatment time of a treatment in steps. Furthermore, the medical device 1 may display on the monitor 8 an image that understands a disease caused by periodontal disease or an image that understands the influence on tooth extraction caused by taking anticoagulant as information included in the diagnosis information. Good. Thereby, the student can grasp the precautions considering the medical diagnosis.
 診療装置1は、診断情報をスピーカ6から音声で出力する(S49)。具体的には、制御装置100は、音声出力部106によって、診断部170から出力された診断情報をスピーカ6に音声で出力させる。これにより、実習中の学生は、スピーカ6から出力された診断結果、治療方針、治療内容、または医科診断を考慮した注意事項などを確認することができる。 The medical device 1 outputs the diagnostic information by voice from the speaker 6 (S49). Specifically, the control device 100 causes the audio output unit 106 to output the diagnosis information output from the diagnosis unit 170 to the speaker 6 using audio. Thereby, the student in training can check the diagnosis result output from the speaker 6, the treatment policy, the treatment content, the cautions considering the medical diagnosis, and the like.
 診療装置1は、診断情報に含まれる情報として、治療の進行度合いが段階的に分かる音声をスピーカ6から出力してもよい。さらに、診療装置1は、段階的に進行する治療のステップごとの時間が分かる音声をスピーカ6から出力してもよい。これにより、学生は、治療の進行度合いおよび治療時間を段階的に把握することができる。さらに、診療装置1は、診断情報に含まれる情報として、歯周病が原因となる疾患について分かる音声、または抗凝固薬の服用による抜歯への影響について分かる音声などをスピーカ6から出力してもよい。これにより、学生は、医科診断を考慮した注意事項を把握することができる。 The medical treatment apparatus 1 may output, from the speaker 6, a sound in which the degree of progress of treatment is known in stages as information included in the diagnostic information. Furthermore, the medical treatment device 1 may output a sound from the speaker 6 in which the time for each treatment step that progresses in stages is known. Thereby, the student can grasp | ascertain the progress degree and treatment time of a treatment in steps. Furthermore, the medical device 1 may output, as information included in the diagnostic information, from the speaker 6, a voice that understands a disease caused by periodontal disease, a voice that understands the influence on tooth extraction caused by taking an anticoagulant, or the like. Good. Thereby, the student can grasp the precautions considering the medical diagnosis.
 診療装置1は、インフォームド・コンセントを行う(S50)。この例の場合、患者は人体模型であるため、診療装置1と人体模型との間で、擬似的にインフォームド・コンセントが行われる。たとえば、診療装置1は、治療内容の同意を得るための音声をスピーカ6から出力する。診療装置1は、患者から発せられた音声を認識したり、俯瞰カメラ9によって撮影された患者の表情を認識したりすることで、インフォームド・コンセントで患者の同意が得られたと判断する。これは、患者が生身の人間であっても同じことが言える。なお、診療装置1は、患者から発せられた音声、または俯瞰カメラ9によって撮影された患者の表情が認識できなかった場合、スピーカ6から治療内容の同意を得るための音声を再度出力してもよい。 The medical device 1 performs informed consent (S50). In the case of this example, since the patient is a human body model, a pseudo informed consent is performed between the medical device 1 and the human body model. For example, the medical device 1 outputs sound for obtaining consent for treatment content from the speaker 6. The medical device 1 determines that the patient's consent has been obtained through informed consent by recognizing the voice emitted from the patient or recognizing the patient's facial expression taken by the overhead camera 9. This is true even if the patient is a living person. It should be noted that the medical device 1 may output again the voice uttered by the patient or the voice for obtaining the consent of the treatment content from the speaker 6 when the patient's facial expression taken by the overhead camera 9 cannot be recognized. Good.
 診療装置1は、インフォームド・コンセントで患者の同意が得られた場合、診断情報に基づいて診療台20を制御する(S51)。具体的には、制御装置100は、診療台制御部120によって、記憶部160に記憶された診療台制御データに基づいて診療台20を駆動する。診療台制御データは、診断部170から出力された診断情報に基づいて診療台20の位置および姿勢を制御するためのデータを含む。診療装置1による診療台20の駆動の一例は、図17のS21と同様であるので説明を省略する。 When the patient's consent is obtained through informed consent, the medical device 1 controls the medical table 20 based on the diagnostic information (S51). Specifically, the control device 100 drives the medical table 20 by the medical table control unit 120 based on the medical table control data stored in the storage unit 160. The clinical table control data includes data for controlling the position and posture of the clinical table 20 based on the diagnostic information output from the diagnostic unit 170. An example of the driving of the medical table 20 by the medical device 1 is the same as S21 in FIG.
 診療装置1は、診断情報に基づいて各腕部本体40を制御する(S52)。具体的には、制御装置100は、腕部制御部111によって、記憶部160に記憶された腕部制御データに基づいて各腕部本体40を駆動する。腕部制御データは、診断部170から出力された診断情報に基づいて各腕部本体40を駆動するためのデータを含む。これにより、各腕部本体40は、治療内容に沿うように制御される。 The medical device 1 controls each arm body 40 based on the diagnosis information (S52). Specifically, the control device 100 drives each arm unit main body 40 based on the arm unit control data stored in the storage unit 160 by the arm unit control unit 111. The arm control data includes data for driving each arm main body 40 based on the diagnostic information output from the diagnostic unit 170. Thereby, each arm part main body 40 is controlled so that treatment content may be met.
 たとえば、歯牙を切削する工程が行われる場合、診療装置1は、エアタ-ビンハンドピースが接続された腕部本体40を患者の口元付近に移動させる。患者が口を開けた後、診療装置1は、腕部本体40に接続されたエアタ-ビンハンドピースを口腔内に挿入する。診療装置1は、口腔内において、たとえば、既存の形状認識技術を用いて口腔の形状を認識しながら口腔を傷つけることなく診療器具30を駆動させる。なお、制御装置100は、腕部本体40の関節に設けられたエンコーダからの検出値に基づいて、腕部本体40の位置を把握しながら診療器具30を駆動させてもよい。制御装置100は、俯瞰カメラ9によって取得された俯瞰画像に基づき、腕部本体40の位置を把握しながら診療器具30を駆動させてもよい。腕部本体40に赤外線反射マークを付与するものであれば、制御装置100は、俯瞰カメラ9とは異なる赤外線カメラによって、腕部本体40の位置を把握しながら診療器具30を駆動させてもよい。腕部本体40に電磁気源を設けるものであれば、制御装置100は、検出器によって電磁気を検知することで腕部本体40の位置を把握しながら診療器具30を駆動させてもよい。 For example, when a step of cutting teeth is performed, the medical device 1 moves the arm main body 40 to which the air turbine handpiece is connected to the vicinity of the patient's mouth. After the patient opens his / her mouth, the medical device 1 inserts an air turbine handpiece connected to the arm body 40 into the oral cavity. The medical device 1 drives the medical device 30 in the oral cavity without damaging the oral cavity while recognizing the shape of the oral cavity using, for example, an existing shape recognition technique. Note that the control device 100 may drive the medical instrument 30 while grasping the position of the arm body 40 based on the detection value from the encoder provided at the joint of the arm body 40. The control device 100 may drive the medical instrument 30 while grasping the position of the arm main body 40 based on the overhead image acquired by the overhead camera 9. The control device 100 may drive the medical instrument 30 while grasping the position of the arm body 40 by an infrared camera different from the overhead camera 9 as long as the infrared reflection mark is provided on the arm body 40. . If the arm unit body 40 is provided with an electromagnetic source, the control device 100 may drive the medical instrument 30 while grasping the position of the arm unit body 40 by detecting the electromagnetic force with a detector.
 治療内容によっては、エアタ-ビンハンドピースおよびバキュームシリンジのように、複数の診療器具30が同時に必要となることがある。このような場合、診療装置1は、複数の腕部本体40を同時に駆動する。但し、診療装置1は、複数の腕部本体40を同時に動かす場合、それぞれに接続された診療器具30を互いに衝突させることなく、腕部本体40および診療器具30を駆動する。診療装置1による診療器具30の衝突回避の一例は、図17のS22と同様であるので説明を省略する。 Depending on the treatment content, a plurality of medical instruments 30 such as an air turbine handpiece and a vacuum syringe may be required at the same time. In such a case, the medical device 1 drives a plurality of arm body 40 at the same time. However, the medical device 1 drives the arm body 40 and the medical device 30 without causing the medical devices 30 connected to each other to collide with each other when moving the plurality of arm main bodies 40 simultaneously. An example of collision avoidance of the medical device 30 by the medical device 1 is the same as S22 in FIG.
 診療装置1は、エアタ-ビンハンドピースおよびバキュームシリンジのように、複数の診療器具30を同時に駆動することで、術者と補助者とが同時に治療に関わることと同様に、効率よく治療を行うことができる。 The medical device 1 performs a treatment efficiently by simultaneously driving a plurality of medical instruments 30 such as an air turbine handpiece and a vacuum syringe, in the same manner as the surgeon and the assistant are involved in the treatment at the same time. be able to.
 診療装置1は、診断情報に基づいて各診療器具30を制御する(S53)。具体的には、制御装置100は、診療器具制御部131によって、記憶部160に記憶された診療器具制御データに基づいて各診療器具30を駆動する。診療器具制御データは、診断部170から出力された診断情報に基づいて各診療器具30を駆動するためのデータを含む。これにより、各診療器具30は、治療内容に沿うように制御される。 The medical device 1 controls each medical device 30 based on the diagnostic information (S53). Specifically, in the control device 100, the medical instrument control unit 131 drives each medical instrument 30 based on the medical instrument control data stored in the storage unit 160. The medical instrument control data includes data for driving each medical instrument 30 based on the diagnostic information output from the diagnostic unit 170. Thereby, each medical instrument 30 is controlled so that treatment content may be met.
 たとえば、診療装置1は、治療内容に沿うように診療器具30を選定し、その使用順序を決定する。診療装置1は、使用する診療器具30が患者の口腔内に挿入されて腕部本体40が停止した後、診療器具30を駆動して治療を開始する。診療装置1は、図3で示したように、長手方向への伸縮、長手方向に対する屈曲、および長手方向に対する周方向への回転の少なくともいずれかを腕部本体40に行わせながら、治療する。このとき、診療装置1は、患者の口腔内を傷つけることなく診療器具30によって口腔内を治療する。 For example, the medical device 1 selects the medical device 30 so as to follow the treatment content and determines the order of use. The medical device 1 starts the treatment by driving the medical device 30 after the medical device 30 to be used is inserted into the oral cavity of the patient and the arm main body 40 is stopped. As shown in FIG. 3, the medical device 1 performs treatment while causing the arm body 40 to perform at least one of expansion and contraction in the longitudinal direction, bending in the longitudinal direction, and rotation in the circumferential direction with respect to the longitudinal direction. At this time, the medical device 1 treats the oral cavity with the medical instrument 30 without damaging the patient's oral cavity.
 さらに、診療装置1は、図17のS23でも説明したように、治療内容に沿うように診療器具30の各種設定値を変更する。これにより、診療装置1は、設定値を自ら変更しながらスムーズに最適な治療を行うことができる。 Furthermore, as described in S23 of FIG. 17, the medical device 1 changes various setting values of the medical device 30 so as to follow the treatment content. Thereby, the medical treatment apparatus 1 can perform optimal treatment smoothly while changing the set value by itself.
 診療装置1による治療中においては、診療台20の位置および姿勢によって患者が異常姿勢になった場合、診療台20の位置および姿勢が変更される。また、患者が過度の痛みを感じるしぐさをした場合、診療器具30の駆動の停止、切削工具の回転速度の低下または回転方向の変更などが行われる。 During the treatment by the medical device 1, if the patient becomes an abnormal posture due to the position and posture of the medical table 20, the position and posture of the medical table 20 are changed. Further, when the patient feels excessive pain, the driving of the medical instrument 30 is stopped, the rotational speed of the cutting tool is decreased, or the rotational direction is changed.
 前述したような診療装置1による腕部本体40および診療器具30の駆動は、マイク4から取得した患者の主訴に基づいて行われてもよい。 The driving of the arm main body 40 and the medical instrument 30 by the medical device 1 as described above may be performed based on the patient's main complaint obtained from the microphone 4.
 診療装置1は、治療が完了した後、治療結果をモニタ8に表示させ(S54)、一連の診療処理を終了する。 After the treatment is completed, the medical treatment device 1 displays the treatment result on the monitor 8 (S54), and ends a series of medical treatment processing.
 なお、前述した一連の診療処理において、S33、S34、およびS35の処理については省略してもよい。疾患画像および疾患情報を取得するタイミング、および診断基準データを更新するタイミングは、必ずしも患者を診断するときに限らず、S36に示す診断情報を出力する処理の前に行われていればよい。たとえば、診療装置1は、電源が入れられたタイミングで疾患画像および疾患情報を取得して診断基準データを更新してもよいし、定期的に行われる割込処理によって疾患画像および疾患情報を取得して診断基準データを更新してもよい。 In the series of medical treatment processes described above, the processes of S33, S34, and S35 may be omitted. The timing for acquiring the disease image and the disease information and the timing for updating the diagnostic reference data are not necessarily limited to when diagnosing a patient, but may be performed before the process of outputting diagnostic information shown in S36. For example, the medical device 1 may acquire the disease image and the disease information at a timing when the power is turned on to update the diagnostic reference data, or acquire the disease image and the disease information by a periodic interrupt process. Then, the diagnostic reference data may be updated.
 また、前述した一連の診療支援処理において、S37の処理については省略してもよい。関連情報データを更新するタイミングは、必ずしも患者を診断するときに限らず、S38に示す患者の歯科診断に対応する関連情報を抽出する処理の前に行われていればよい。たとえば、診療装置1は、電源が入れられたタイミングで関連情報データを更新してもよいし、定期的に行われる割込処理によって関連情報データを更新してもよい。 Further, in the above-described series of medical treatment support processing, the processing of S37 may be omitted. The timing of updating the related information data is not necessarily limited to when diagnosing a patient, but may be performed before the process of extracting related information corresponding to the dental diagnosis of the patient shown in S38. For example, the medical device 1 may update the related information data at a timing when the power is turned on, or may update the related information data by an interrupt process performed periodically.
 なお、前述した例は、診療装置1が人体模型を直接的に治療することで治療の見本を学生に披露することを想定しているが、診療装置1の性能を確認するために、診療装置1が人体模型を直接的に治療してもよい。 In addition, although the example mentioned above assumes that the medical treatment apparatus 1 directly treats a human body model and shows a sample of treatment to a student, in order to confirm the performance of the medical treatment apparatus 1, a medical treatment apparatus 1 may treat the human body model directly.
 具体的には、診療装置1が、診断情報に基づいて治療を行った結果、人体模型に異常があった場合、その出力された診断情報は誤った情報であることが分かる。そこで、術者が誤った情報を訂正した上で、診療装置1に再度治療させることで、訂正後の診断情報が正しいものであるか否かを確認することができる。 Specifically, as a result of the medical device 1 performing treatment based on the diagnostic information, if there is an abnormality in the human model, it can be seen that the output diagnostic information is incorrect information. Therefore, it is possible to confirm whether or not the corrected diagnostic information is correct by correcting the erroneous information and allowing the medical treatment apparatus 1 to perform the treatment again.
 [診療装置1の主な構成]
 以上のように、本実施の形態に係る診療装置1は、患者の歯科診断に関する入力情報として、患者の主訴、患者の口腔画像、および口腔の疾患を表す疾患画像などの情報を取得し、診断基準データに基づき歯科診断を行う。その際、診療装置1は、患者の歯科診断の結果に対応する関連情報を図16に示す関連情報テーブルから抽出し、抽出した関連情報に対応する患者の医科情報を取得する。そして、診療装置1は、取得した医科情報と診断基準データに基づき行った歯科診断の結果とに基づいて、最終的な患者の歯科診断における診断情報を出力する。
[Main configuration of medical device 1]
As described above, the medical device 1 according to the present embodiment acquires information such as a patient's chief complaint, a patient's oral image, and a disease image representing a disease of the oral cavity as input information related to the patient's dental diagnosis, and diagnoses it. A dental diagnosis is made based on the reference data. At that time, the medical device 1 extracts related information corresponding to the result of the dental diagnosis of the patient from the related information table shown in FIG. 16, and acquires the medical information of the patient corresponding to the extracted related information. The medical device 1 then outputs diagnostic information in the final dental diagnosis of the patient based on the acquired medical information and the result of the dental diagnosis performed based on the diagnostic reference data.
 これにより、診療装置1は、歯科分野の情報に限らず、歯科分野に関連する医科分野の情報をも考慮して、患者の歯科診断を行うことができる。よって、診療装置1は、歯科分野と医科分野との間の垣根を飛び越えて総合的でより安全な医療判断の基で患者の歯科診断を行うことができる。 Thereby, the medical device 1 can perform the dental diagnosis of the patient in consideration of not only the information on the dental field but also the information on the medical field related to the dental field. Therefore, the medical treatment apparatus 1 can perform a dental diagnosis of a patient based on a comprehensive and safer medical judgment by jumping over the barrier between the dental field and the medical field.
 図16に示されるように、関連情報には、歯科診断を行う際の医科診断を考慮した注意事項が含まれるため、診療装置1は、医科診断を考慮して患者に最も適した歯科診断を行うことができる。 As shown in FIG. 16, since the related information includes precautions in consideration of the medical diagnosis when performing the dental diagnosis, the medical device 1 performs the most appropriate dental diagnosis for the patient in consideration of the medical diagnosis. It can be carried out.
 関連情報は、機械学習または深層学習によって更新される。このため、たとえば、患者がいずれかの医療機関で診察される度に、または論文や学術学会データが更新される度に、診療装置1は、関連情報を最新のものとすることができる。よって、診療装置1は、最新の関連情報に基づいて、患者に最も適した歯科診断を行うことができる。 Related information is updated by machine learning or deep learning. For this reason, for example, every time a patient is examined at any medical institution, or whenever a paper or academic society data is updated, the medical device 1 can update the related information. Therefore, the medical device 1 can perform a dental diagnosis most suitable for the patient based on the latest related information.
 本実施の形態に係る診療装置1は、患者の口腔画像と、図12に示す診断基準テーブルに格納された診断基準データとに基づいて、口腔の診断情報を出力する。さらに、診療装置1は、ネットワークで接続された全ての診療装置1における患者の疾患画像を取得し、取得した疾患画像に基づいて、機械学習によって診断基準データを更新する。 The medical device 1 according to the present embodiment outputs oral cavity diagnostic information based on the patient's oral image and the diagnostic standard data stored in the diagnostic standard table shown in FIG. Furthermore, the medical device 1 acquires disease images of patients in all the medical devices 1 connected via the network, and updates diagnostic reference data by machine learning based on the acquired disease images.
 これにより、診療装置1は、ネットワークを介して収集した様々な疾患画像に基づき診断情報を出力するため、1人の術者の知識および経験などに大きく依存することなくより正確な診断情報が出力される。 Thereby, since the medical device 1 outputs diagnostic information based on various disease images collected via the network, more accurate diagnostic information is output without largely depending on the knowledge and experience of one operator. Is done.
 本実施の形態に係る診療装置1は、生身の患者、または人体模型のような疑似患者を直接的に治療する装置であって、患者の主訴を音声で取得するとともに、可動式の腕部本体40に保持された口腔カメラ55によって口腔画像を取得する。診療装置1は、口腔画像と、図12に示す診断基準テーブルに格納された診断基準データとに基づいて、口腔の診断情報を出力する。診療装置1は、ネットワークで接続された全ての診療装置1における患者の疾患画像を取得し、取得した疾患画像に基づいて、機械学習によって診断基準データを更新する。診療装置1は、診断情報をスピーカ6から音声で出力することで、インフォームド・コンセントを行い、同意を得られた場合、診断情報に基づいて診療器具30を駆動することで患者を直接的に治療する。 The medical treatment device 1 according to the present embodiment is a device for directly treating a living patient or a pseudo-patient such as a human body model, and obtains a patient's chief complaint by voice and a movable arm body. An oral image is acquired by the oral camera 55 held at 40. The medical device 1 outputs oral cavity diagnostic information based on the oral cavity image and the diagnostic standard data stored in the diagnostic standard table shown in FIG. The medical device 1 acquires a patient's disease image in all the medical devices 1 connected by a network, and updates diagnostic reference data by machine learning based on the acquired disease image. The medical device 1 performs informed consent by outputting the diagnostic information from the speaker 6 by voice. When consent is obtained, the medical device 1 directly drives the patient by driving the medical device 30 based on the diagnostic information. To treat.
 これにより、診療装置1は、人工知能を駆使して、術者または補助者の助けを借りずに、ある場面では術者または補助者の助けを借りながら、ある場面では術者または補助者の助けを借りることなく、患者を直接的に治療することができる。 Thereby, the medical device 1 makes full use of the artificial intelligence, with the help of the surgeon or assistant in some situations, without the help of the surgeon or assistant, and in some situations the surgeon or assistant's Patients can be treated directly without help.
 図12に示されるように、診断基準データは、口腔画像の特徴量と疾患情報との対応関係を示すデータであり、疾患画像の特徴量と、当該疾患画像に対応する疾患情報とに基づいて更新される。これにより、疾患画像の特徴量と、当該疾患画像に対応する疾患情報とが更新される度に、診断基準データが最新のものに更新される。 As shown in FIG. 12, the diagnostic reference data is data indicating the correspondence between the feature amount of the oral cavity image and the disease information, and is based on the feature amount of the disease image and the disease information corresponding to the disease image. Updated. Thereby, each time the feature amount of the disease image and the disease information corresponding to the disease image are updated, the diagnostic reference data is updated to the latest one.
 また、診断基準データは、診断部170によって出力された診断情報に基づいて更新されるため、今回の診断結果が診断基準データに反映される。 Further, since the diagnostic reference data is updated based on the diagnostic information output by the diagnostic unit 170, the current diagnostic result is reflected in the diagnostic reference data.
 [変形例]
 本発明は、上記の実施例に限られず、さらに種々の変形、応用が可能である。以下、本発明に適用可能な変形例について説明する。
[Modification]
The present invention is not limited to the above embodiments, and various modifications and applications are possible. Hereinafter, modified examples applicable to the present invention will be described.
 (診療テーブルについて)
 本実施の形態に係る診療装置1は、図1に示されるように、診療台20とは別の装置台80から延びるアームによって上空から覆い被さるように診療テーブル10が設けられていた。しかしながら、診療装置は、図19に示されるように構成されてもよい。図19は、変形例に係る診療装置200,300の概略を示す図である。
(About the medical table)
As shown in FIG. 1, the medical treatment device 1 according to the present embodiment is provided with a medical treatment table 10 so as to be covered from the sky by an arm extending from a device stand 80 different from the medical stand 20. However, the medical device may be configured as shown in FIG. FIG. 19 is a diagram illustrating an outline of the medical devices 200 and 300 according to the modification.
 診療装置は、図19(A)に示す診療装置200のように、診療台220から延びるアーム264の先端部262に複数の診療器具230を有する診療テーブル210が設けられるように構成されてもよい。なお、アーム264は、診療台220に含まれる、ヘッドレスト21、背もたれ22、座面シート23、および足置き台24のいずれから延びてもよい。 The medical device may be configured such that a medical table 210 having a plurality of medical devices 230 is provided at a distal end portion 262 of an arm 264 extending from the medical table 220, as in the medical device 200 shown in FIG. . The arm 264 may extend from any of the headrest 21, the backrest 22, the seat surface sheet 23, and the footrest 24 included in the medical table 220.
 診療装置は、図19(B)に示す診療装置300のように、洗口装置であるスピットンを有する収納部350から伸縮可能なアーム364が設けられ、そのアーム364に診療テーブル310が設けられるように構成されてもよい。このように構成すれば、診療テーブル310が必要でない場合は収納部350に診療テーブル310を収納できる一方で、診療テーブル310が必要な場合は収納部350から診療テーブル310を取り出すことができる。なお、収納部350は、スピットンを有するものに限らず、単に診療テーブル310を収納する筐体であってもよく、必要に応じて院内を移動可能であってもよい。 The medical device, like the medical device 300 shown in FIG. 19B, is provided with an arm 364 that can be expanded and contracted from a storage portion 350 having a spitton that is a mouthwash device, and the medical table 310 is provided on the arm 364. May be configured. According to this configuration, the medical table 310 can be stored in the storage unit 350 when the medical table 310 is not needed, while the medical table 310 can be taken out from the storage unit 350 when the medical table 310 is required. Note that the storage unit 350 is not limited to having a spit-on, and may simply be a housing that stores the medical table 310, and may be movable in the hospital as necessary.
 その他、診療装置は、診療台近くの院内の床から直接的にアームが設けられ、そのアームに診療テーブル310が設けられるように構成されてもよい。 In addition, the medical device may be configured such that an arm is directly provided from a hospital floor near the medical table and a medical table 310 is provided on the arm.
 (特徴量について)
 本実施の形態においては、歯牙の形状の特徴量として歯牙の欠損部分の深さ(V)を適用し、歯牙の色の特徴量として歯牙の表面の明度および彩度(W)を適用したが、これに限らない。たとえば、歯牙の特徴量は、歯牙の大きさまたは形そのもの、歯牙の生え方または歯並びなどから算出されてもよい。年齢の有無、性別、または喫煙の有無に応じて、歯牙の特徴量に重み付けをしてもよい。また、歯牙の診断にあたっては、喫煙者の場合における歯のヤニの付着状況などが行われてもよい。また、口腔カメラ55で患部を撮影する際に、紫外線などの特定の波長の励起光を患部に照射することでう蝕部から蛍光を発するようにすれば、う蝕診断を行うこともできる。
(About features)
In the present embodiment, the depth (V) of the missing portion of the tooth is applied as the feature amount of the tooth shape, and the lightness and saturation (W) of the tooth surface are applied as the feature amount of the tooth color. Not limited to this. For example, the feature amount of a tooth may be calculated from the size or shape of the tooth itself, how the tooth grows or the tooth arrangement. The feature amount of the tooth may be weighted according to the presence / absence of age, sex, or presence / absence of smoking. Moreover, in the diagnosis of a tooth, the adhesion state of the tooth stain in the case of a smoker may be performed. In addition, when the affected part is imaged by the oral camera 55, caries diagnosis can be performed by emitting fluorescence from the caries part by irradiating the affected part with excitation light having a specific wavelength such as ultraviolet rays.
 本実施の形態においては、歯周組織の形状の特徴量として腫れ度合(X)を適用し、歯周組織の色の特徴量として表面の明度および彩度(Y)を適用したが、これに限らない。たとえば、歯周組織の特徴量は、歯石の量、または歯周ポケットの深さなどから算出されてもよい。年齢の有無、性別、または喫煙の有無に応じて、歯周組織の特徴量に重み付けをしてもよい。また、歯牙の動揺度を動揺度測定のインスツルメントを利用して測定して特徴量の一つとしてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the swelling degree (X) is applied as the feature quantity of the periodontal tissue shape, and the surface brightness and saturation (Y) are applied as the feature quantity of the periodontal tissue color. Not exclusively. For example, the feature amount of periodontal tissue may be calculated from the amount of tartar or the depth of the periodontal pocket. A feature amount of periodontal tissue may be weighted according to the presence or absence of age, gender, or the presence or absence of smoking. Further, the degree of tooth movement may be measured using an instrument for measuring the degree of movement to be one of the feature values.
 (診断について)
 本実施の形態においては、診療装置1は、患者の口腔画像と、疾患情報に紐付けられた疾患画像との比較によってひとまず歯科診断を行い、その後、歯科診断における診断結果に対応する関連情報を抽出し、抽出した関連情報に対応する患者の医科診断における医科情報に基づいて歯科診断の結果を更新するものであった。しかし、これに限らず、歯の痛み度合または痛みを感じる箇所などについての患者の主訴に対応する関連情報を抽出し、抽出した関連情報に対応する患者の医科診断における医科情報に基づいて歯科診断の結果を更新してもよい。もしくは、患者の主訴を手掛かりに術者が入力した診断結果に対応する関連情報を抽出し、抽出した関連情報に対応する患者の医科診断における医科情報に基づいて歯科診断の結果を更新してもよい。
(About diagnosis)
In the present embodiment, the medical device 1 first performs a dental diagnosis by comparing the patient's mouth image and the disease image associated with the disease information, and then provides related information corresponding to the diagnosis result in the dental diagnosis. Extracting and updating the results of dental diagnosis based on medical information in the medical diagnosis of the patient corresponding to the extracted related information. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the related information corresponding to the patient's chief complaint about the degree of tooth pain or the place where pain is felt is extracted, and the dental diagnosis is performed based on the medical information in the medical diagnosis of the patient corresponding to the extracted related information. The result of may be updated. Alternatively, even if the patient's chief complaint is used as a clue, the relevant information corresponding to the diagnosis result input by the surgeon is extracted, and the dental diagnosis result is updated based on the medical information in the patient's medical diagnosis corresponding to the extracted related information. Good.
 本実施の形態においては、診療装置1は、患者の口腔画像と、疾患情報に紐付けられた疾患画像との比較において、歯牙および歯周組織の特徴量を算出しているが、これに限らない。たとえば、診療装置1は、患者の口腔画像に似た疾患画像を、診断基準データに基づき探し出し、抽出した疾患画像に紐付けられた疾患情報を診断情報として出力してもよい。この場合、診断基準データは、たとえば、口腔画像と疾患画像とのパターンマッチングに用いられる閾値を含んでいてもよい。そして、診療装置1は、診断基準データに含まれる閾値を、日々蓄積される疾患画像に基づいて更新してもよい。また、診断情報として、歯科用インプラント手術に関する診断情報、歯科矯正に関する診断情報、小児歯科に関する診断情報、口腔外科に関する診断情報、歯科の審美に関する診断情報などを使用してもよい。これらの各種の診断情報に対しても項目に応じて複数種類の診断基準データを定めておけばよい。 In the present embodiment, the medical device 1 calculates the feature amount of the tooth and periodontal tissue in the comparison between the oral image of the patient and the disease image associated with the disease information. Absent. For example, the medical device 1 may search for a disease image similar to the patient's oral image based on the diagnostic reference data, and output the disease information associated with the extracted disease image as diagnostic information. In this case, the diagnostic reference data may include a threshold value used for pattern matching between the oral cavity image and the disease image, for example. And the medical device 1 may update the threshold value contained in diagnostic reference data based on the disease image accumulated every day. Further, as diagnostic information, diagnostic information related to dental implant surgery, diagnostic information related to orthodontics, diagnostic information related to pediatric dentistry, diagnostic information related to oral surgery, diagnostic information related to dental aesthetics, and the like may be used. For these various types of diagnostic information, a plurality of types of diagnostic reference data may be determined according to the items.
 診療装置1は、医科診断を考慮して患者の歯科診断を行うにあたって、患者の医科情報に含まれる患者の体質に関する情報および投薬に関する情報の少なくともいずれかに基づいて、診断情報を出力してもよい。たとえば、診療装置1は、患者の体質、身長、体重、年齢、血液型、アレルギーの有無、既往歴、服用中の薬剤(抗凝固薬を含む関係するあらゆる薬剤)、過去に受けたX線検査データ、または過去に受けた健康診断の情報などを考慮した注意事項に基づいて、診断情報を出力してもよい。 In performing a dental diagnosis of a patient in consideration of a medical diagnosis, the medical device 1 may output diagnostic information based on at least one of information related to a patient's constitution and information related to medication included in the patient's medical information. Good. For example, the medical device 1 is configured to check the patient's constitution, height, weight, age, blood type, allergy status, past medical history, medications (any related drugs including anticoagulants), X-ray examinations received in the past. Diagnostic information may be output based on data or precautions that take into account past medical examination information.
 診療装置1は、既存の論文および学会データの少なくともいずれかに基づいて、診断基準データを更新してもよい。このように蓄積された既存の論文または学会データに基づいて診断基準データが更新されれば、診療装置1は、既存の論文または学会データが更新されるごとに、より正確な診断情報を出力することができる。 The medical device 1 may update the diagnostic reference data based on at least one of existing papers and academic society data. If the diagnostic reference data is updated based on the existing paper or society data accumulated in this way, the medical device 1 outputs more accurate diagnostic information every time the existing paper or society data is updated. be able to.
 診療装置1は、診断基準データを更新する際に参照する疾患画像および疾患情報を設定によって取捨選択できるように構成されてもよい。たとえば、医院Aに配置された診療装置1は、ネットワークに接続された診療装置1のうち、医院Bに配置された診療装置1における疾患画像および疾患情報を取得する一方で、医院Cに配置された診療装置1における疾患画像および疾患情報を取得しないように、術者が設定できるように構成されてもよい。このようにすれば、たとえば、医院Aに配置された診療装置1は、有名な術者が所属する医院に限り疾患画像および疾患情報を取得して、その疾患画像および疾患情報に基づき診断基準データを更新することができる。これにより、診療装置1は、より正確な診断情報を出力することができる。なお、医院Aに配置された診療装置1は、同じ医院Aに配置された診療装置1のうちから取得する診療装置1を、設定によって取捨選択できるように構成されてもよい。 The medical device 1 may be configured so that a disease image and disease information to be referred to when updating the diagnostic standard data can be selected by setting. For example, the medical device 1 arranged in the clinic A acquires the disease image and the disease information in the medical device 1 arranged in the clinic B among the medical devices 1 connected to the network, and is arranged in the clinic C. Further, it may be configured so that the surgeon can set so as not to acquire the disease image and the disease information in the medical device 1. In this way, for example, the medical device 1 arranged in the clinic A acquires the disease image and the disease information only in the clinic to which the famous surgeon belongs, and the diagnostic reference data based on the disease image and the disease information. Can be updated. Thereby, the medical treatment apparatus 1 can output more accurate diagnostic information. In addition, the medical device 1 arrange | positioned in the clinic A may be comprised so that the medical device 1 acquired from the medical devices 1 arrange | positioned in the same clinic A can be selected according to a setting.
 診療装置1は、う蝕の診断において喫煙の有無に応じて診断基準データを設けていたが、患者の年齢または性別に応じて、診断基準データを設けてもよい。また、診療装置1は、う蝕が疑われる歯牙の特徴(前歯、臼歯、乳歯、永久歯など)に応じて、診断基準データを設けてもよい。そして、診療装置1は、外部サーバ1000から疾患画像データおよび疾患情報を取得する際、患者の年齢、性別、またはう蝕が疑われる歯牙の特徴(前歯、臼歯、乳歯、永久歯など)に応じて、取得する疾患画像データおよび疾患情報を制限してもよい。このようにすれば、データ通信の遅延を抑えることができ、データ容量の増大も抑えることができる。 The diagnostic apparatus 1 provides diagnostic reference data according to the presence or absence of smoking in caries diagnosis, but may provide diagnostic reference data according to the age or sex of the patient. In addition, the medical device 1 may provide diagnostic reference data according to the characteristics of a tooth suspected of having caries (anterior tooth, molar tooth, milk tooth, permanent tooth, etc.). Then, when the medical device 1 acquires disease image data and disease information from the external server 1000, according to the patient's age, sex, or dental characteristics suspected of caries (anterior teeth, molars, milk teeth, permanent teeth, etc.) The acquired disease image data and disease information may be limited. In this way, delay in data communication can be suppressed, and increase in data capacity can also be suppressed.
 (関連情報データの記憶について)
 本実施の形態においては、各歯科医院に配置された診療装置1が、それぞれ関連情報データを記憶していた。しかしながら、各診療装置1が関連情報データを記憶するのではなく、各歯科医院に配置された管理サーバが関連情報データを記憶してもよい。そして、各診療装置1または管理サーバが、関連情報データを更新してもよい。
(About storing related information data)
In the present embodiment, the medical device 1 arranged in each dental clinic stores related information data. However, each medical device 1 does not store related information data, but a management server arranged in each dental clinic may store related information data. Each medical device 1 or management server may update the related information data.
 もしくは、各診療装置1が関連情報データを記憶するのではなく、外部サーバ1000のみが関連情報データを記憶してもよい。そして、外部サーバ1000が各医療機関から収集した患者の医科情報に基づいて関連情報データを更新してもよい。この場合、各診療装置1は、診断を行う際に外部サーバ1000から最新の関連情報データを取得すればよい。 Alternatively, instead of each medical device 1 storing related information data, only the external server 1000 may store related information data. Then, the external server 1000 may update the related information data based on the medical information of the patient collected from each medical institution. In this case, each medical device 1 may acquire the latest related information data from the external server 1000 when making a diagnosis.
 診療装置1は、一旦、医科診断を考慮した診断情報を出力した後、術者によって診断情報が訂正された場合、その訂正後の診断情報に基づいて、関連情報データを更新してもよい。このようにすれば、診療装置1は、術者好みの診断情報を出力するものになる。 The medical device 1 may update related information data based on the corrected diagnostic information when the diagnostic information is corrected by the surgeon after outputting diagnostic information considering the medical diagnosis. If it does in this way, the medical device 1 will output diagnostic information of an operator preference.
 関連情報は、歯科診断を行う際の医科診断を考慮した注意事項などの情報に限らない。たとえば、関連情報は、患者に注意するための情報に限らず、患者が改善されたことを通知するための情報であってもよい。たとえば、関連情報は、歯科分野における治療などによって医科分野における症状が改善される旨の情報が含まれてもよい。たとえば、医科分野の手術を控えて入院している患者においては、手術前の口腔清掃によって口腔環境が整えられたことで口腔細菌が減り、その結果、手術後の予後が改善されて入院期間が短縮できた旨の情報が診断情報として出力されてもよい。また、糖尿病患者においては、定期的な歯垢清掃などの歯周病の治療の努力によって、血糖値が改善された場合には、患者を褒める情報が診断情報として出力されてもよい。最近では、歯科分野と医科分野との連携によって患者の全身の状態を改善していく試みの重要性が認識され始めてきているものの、患者の努力だけでは限界があるが、上述したように、本実施の形態の診療装置1は、このような試みを効率良く進めていくことができる。 Related information is not limited to information such as precautions considering medical diagnosis when performing dental diagnosis. For example, the related information is not limited to information for paying attention to the patient, but may be information for notifying that the patient has improved. For example, the related information may include information indicating that symptoms in the medical field are improved by treatment in the dental field. For example, in patients who are hospitalized in preparation for surgery in the medical field, oral bacteria are reduced by cleaning the oral cavity before surgery, resulting in a reduction in oral bacteria, resulting in improved prognosis after surgery and hospitalization. Information indicating that the information has been shortened may be output as diagnostic information. In addition, in a diabetic patient, when the blood glucose level is improved by efforts to treat periodontal disease such as regular plaque cleaning, information for giving up the patient may be output as diagnostic information. Recently, the importance of attempts to improve the patient's general condition through cooperation between the dental field and the medical field has begun to be recognized, but the efforts of the patient alone are limited, but as mentioned above, The medical device 1 according to the present embodiment can proceed with such a trial efficiently.
 (診断基準データの記憶について)
 本実施の形態においては、各歯科医院に配置された診療装置1が、それぞれ診断基準データを記憶していた。そして、各診療装置1がネットワーク接続によって共有する外部サーバ1000から取得した疾患画像および疾患情報に基づいて、診断基準データを更新するものであった。しかしながら、各診療装置1が診断基準データを記憶するのではなく、各歯科医院に配置された管理サーバが診断基準データを記憶してもよい。そして、各診療装置1または管理サーバが、外部サーバ1000から取得した疾患画像および疾患情報に基づいて診断基準データを更新してもよい。
(About storage of diagnostic criteria data)
In the present embodiment, the medical device 1 arranged in each dental clinic stores the diagnostic reference data. Then, the diagnostic reference data is updated based on the disease image and the disease information acquired from the external server 1000 shared by each medical device 1 by network connection. However, instead of each diagnostic apparatus 1 storing the diagnostic reference data, a management server arranged in each dental clinic may store the diagnostic reference data. Then, each diagnostic apparatus 1 or management server may update the diagnostic reference data based on the disease image and disease information acquired from the external server 1000.
 もしくは、各診療装置1が診断基準データを記憶するのではなく、外部サーバ1000のみが診断基準データを記憶してもよい。そして、外部サーバ1000が各診療装置1から収集した疾患画像および疾患情報に基づいて診断基準データを更新してもよい。この場合、各診療装置1は、診断を行う際に外部サーバ1000から最新の診断基準データを取得すればよい。 Alternatively, instead of each diagnostic apparatus 1 storing diagnostic reference data, only the external server 1000 may store diagnostic reference data. The diagnostic reference data may be updated based on the disease image and disease information collected by the external server 1000 from each medical device 1. In this case, each medical device 1 may acquire the latest diagnostic reference data from the external server 1000 when making a diagnosis.
 診療装置1は、必ずしも、ネットワーク接続によって外部サーバ1000および他の診療装置と接続される必要はない。診療装置1は、自分自身が取得した過去の口腔画像および診断情報のみに基づいて、診断基準データを更新するものであってもよい。さらに、診療装置1は、一旦、診断情報を出力した後、術者によって診断情報が訂正された場合、その訂正後の診断情報に基づいて、診断基準データを更新してもよい。このようにすれば、診療装置1は、術者好みの診断情報を出力するものになる。 The medical device 1 is not necessarily connected to the external server 1000 and other medical devices through a network connection. The medical device 1 may update diagnostic reference data based only on past oral images and diagnostic information acquired by itself. Furthermore, once the diagnostic information is output by the surgeon after the diagnostic information is output once, the diagnostic apparatus 1 may update the diagnostic reference data based on the corrected diagnostic information. If it does in this way, the medical device 1 will output diagnostic information of an operator preference.
 (遠隔操作について)
 診療装置1の近くには、必ずしも術者または補助者などの術者が存在しなくてもよい。僻地医療の場合など、術者が存在する場所とは異なる遠隔地に診療装置1が設置されてもよい。この場合、診療装置1は、遠隔地からの術者による遠隔操作に基づき、図18および図19に示す一連の処理を実行するものであってもよい。たとえば、診療装置1は、遠隔地からの術者による遠隔操作に基づき、診療支援として使用してもよいし、診療器具30を駆動させて患者を治療してもよい。
(Remote operation)
An operator such as an operator or an assistant may not necessarily exist near the medical device 1. For example, in the case of remote medical care, the medical device 1 may be installed in a remote place different from the place where the operator exists. In this case, the medical device 1 may execute a series of processes shown in FIGS. 18 and 19 based on a remote operation by a surgeon from a remote place. For example, the medical device 1 may be used as medical assistance based on a remote operation by a surgeon from a remote place, or the medical device 30 may be driven to treat a patient.
 制御装置100が有する、口腔画像取得部140、歯科情報取得部141、医科情報取得部142、記憶部160、診断部170、および人工知能部180のうち、少なくともいずれか、もしくは全ての機能部を、診療装置1とは異なる他の装置が有するものであってもよい。たとえば、人工知能によって口腔を診断するための機能部は、実際に治療するための診療装置1とは別の場所(術者がいる医院内、またはクラウドサービスを利用した外部サーバ)に存在してもよい。 At least one or all of the functional units of the oral cavity image acquisition unit 140, dental information acquisition unit 141, medical information acquisition unit 142, storage unit 160, diagnosis unit 170, and artificial intelligence unit 180 included in the control device 100 are included. Other devices different from the medical device 1 may be included. For example, a functional unit for diagnosing the oral cavity using artificial intelligence exists in a place (inside a clinic where an operator is located or an external server using a cloud service) different from the medical device 1 for actual treatment. Also good.
 なお、今回開示された実施の形態は歯周病を例に挙げて説明したが、歯周病に限定されるわけではなく、その他の歯科疾患、歯科治療の全てに展開できる。本実施の形態は、全ての点で例示であって制限的なものではないと考えられるべきである。たとえば、歯周病は、糖尿病との関連のみならず、心筋梗塞、心疾患、脳梗塞、狭心症、または動脈硬化などとの関連についても互いに影響されるので、これらを総合的に改善していくためには、歯科分野と医科分野との連携および協力が不可欠である。このような歯科分野と医科分野との連携および協力における技術を、今後、AI技術を用いて解決することが本発明の適用範囲に含まれる。本発明の範囲は上記した説明ではなく請求の範囲によって示され、請求の範囲と均等の意味および範囲内での全ての変更が含まれることが意図される。 Although the embodiment disclosed this time has been described by taking periodontal disease as an example, it is not limited to periodontal disease and can be applied to all other dental diseases and dental treatments. This embodiment should be considered as illustrative in all points and not restrictive. For example, periodontal disease is influenced not only by diabetes but also by myocardial infarction, heart disease, cerebral infarction, angina pectoris, or arteriosclerosis. For this purpose, cooperation and cooperation between the dental field and the medical field is indispensable. It will be included in the scope of the present invention to solve such technology in cooperation and cooperation between the dental field and the medical field using AI technology in the future. The scope of the present invention is defined by the terms of the claims, rather than the description above, and is intended to include any modifications within the scope and meaning equivalent to the terms of the claims.
 1,200,300 診療装置、2 フートコントローラ、4 マイク、5 操作パネル、6 スピーカ、7 無影灯、8 モニタ、9 俯瞰カメラ、10,210,310 診療テーブル、20,220 診療台、21 ヘッドレスト、22 背もたれ、23 座面シート、24 足置き台、30 診療器具、40 腕部本体、50 通信インターフェース、55 口腔カメラ、80 装置台、100 制御装置、104 音声取得部、105 パネル制御部、106 音声出力部、107 無影灯制御部、108 表示部、109 俯瞰画像取得部、110 テーブル制御部、111 腕部制御部、119 異常検知部、120 診療台制御部、131 診療器具制御部、140 口腔画像取得部、141 歯科情報取得部、142 医科情報取得部、160 記憶部、170 診断部、180 人工知能部、500 患者、1000 外部サーバ。 1,200,300 medical device, 2 foot controller, 4 microphones, 5 operation panel, 6 speakers, 7 surgical light, 8 monitor, 9 overhead camera, 10, 210, 310 medical table, 20,220 medical table, 21 headrest , 22 Backrest, 23 Seat surface seat, 24 Footrest, 30 Medical instrument, 40 Arm body, 50 Communication interface, 55 Oral camera, 80 Device base, 100 Control device, 104 Voice acquisition unit, 105 Panel control unit, 106 Audio output unit, 107 shadowless light control unit, 108 display unit, 109 overhead image acquisition unit, 110 table control unit, 111 arm control unit, 119 abnormality detection unit, 120 clinical table control unit, 131 medical instrument control unit, 140 Oral image acquisition unit, 141 Dental information acquisition unit, 142 Family information acquisition unit, 160 storage unit, 170 diagnosis section 180 artificial intelligence unit, 500 patients, 1000 external server.

Claims (26)

  1.  患者の歯科診断に関する入力情報を取得する入力情報取得部と、
     患者の医科診断に関する医科情報を取得する医科情報取得部と、
     歯科診断と医科診断との間の関連事項が定められた関連情報を記憶する記憶部と、
     前記入力情報に対応する前記関連情報を抽出するとともに、抽出した前記関連情報に対応する前記患者の前記医科情報と前記入力情報とに基づいて、前記患者の歯科診断における診断情報を出力する診断部とを備える、医療用診療装置。
    An input information acquisition unit for acquiring input information related to a dental diagnosis of a patient;
    A medical information acquisition unit for acquiring medical information related to a medical diagnosis of a patient;
    A storage unit for storing related information in which related items between the dental diagnosis and the medical diagnosis are determined;
    A diagnostic unit that extracts the related information corresponding to the input information and outputs diagnostic information in the dental diagnosis of the patient based on the medical information and the input information of the patient corresponding to the extracted related information A medical medical device comprising:
  2.  前記患者の前記医科情報は、当該患者の過去の医科診断における診断情報を含む、請求項1に記載の医療用診療装置。 The medical treatment apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the medical information of the patient includes diagnostic information in a past medical diagnosis of the patient.
  3.  前記患者の前記医科情報は、当該患者の体質に関する情報および当該患者の投薬に関する情報の少なくともいずれかを含む、請求項1または請求項2に記載の医療用診療装置。 The medical medical device according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the medical information of the patient includes at least one of information related to the constitution of the patient and information related to medication of the patient.
  4.  前記関連事項は、歯科診断を行う際の医科診断を考慮した注意事項である、請求項1~請求項3のいずれか1項に記載の医療用診療装置。 The medical treatment apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the related matter is a precaution in consideration of a medical diagnosis when performing a dental diagnosis.
  5.  前記関連情報を更新する人工知能部を備える、請求項1~請求項4のいずれか1項に記載の医療用診療装置。 The medical diagnostic apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 4, further comprising an artificial intelligence unit that updates the related information.
  6.  前記患者の口腔画像を取得する口腔画像取得部と、
     口腔の疾患を表す疾患画像を取得する疾患画像取得部とを備え、
     前記入力情報は、前記口腔画像と前記疾患画像とに基づいて抽出された前記患者の歯科診断における診断情報である、請求項1~請求項5のいずれか1項に記載の医療用診療装置。
    An oral image acquisition unit for acquiring an oral image of the patient;
    A disease image acquisition unit for acquiring a disease image representing a disease of the oral cavity,
    The medical diagnostic apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the input information is diagnostic information in a dental diagnosis of the patient extracted based on the oral cavity image and the disease image.
  7.  前記口腔画像および前記疾患画像のそれぞれは、光学画像である、請求項6に記載の医療用診療装置。 The medical examination apparatus according to claim 6, wherein each of the oral cavity image and the disease image is an optical image.
  8.  前記口腔画像および前記疾患画像のそれぞれは、X線画像である、請求項6に記載の医療用診療装置。 The medical examination apparatus according to claim 6, wherein each of the oral cavity image and the disease image is an X-ray image.
  9.  前記診断情報を画像で表示する表示部を備える、請求項1~請求項8のいずれか1項に記載の医療用診療装置。 The medical diagnostic apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 8, further comprising a display unit that displays the diagnostic information as an image.
  10.  前記診断情報を音声で出力する音声出力部を備える、請求項1~請求項9のいずれか1項に記載の医療用診療装置。 The medical medical device according to any one of claims 1 to 9, further comprising a voice output unit that outputs the diagnostic information by voice.
  11.  前記患者の口腔に挿入可能に当該患者の前記口腔画像を撮影する撮影部を有する腕部を備える、請求項6~請求項10のいずれか1項に記載の医療用診療装置。 The medical medical device according to any one of claims 6 to 10, further comprising an arm unit having an imaging unit that captures the oral image of the patient so as to be inserted into the oral cavity of the patient.
  12.  前記患者の口腔に挿入可能に診療器具を有する腕部を備える、請求項1~請求項11のいずれか1項に記載の医療用診療装置。 The medical diagnostic apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 11, further comprising an arm portion having a medical instrument that can be inserted into the oral cavity of the patient.
  13.  前記腕部を保持する可動式の診療テーブルを備える、請求項11または請求項12に記載の医療用診療装置。 The medical medical device according to claim 11 or 12, comprising a movable medical table that holds the arm.
  14.  前記腕部は、長手方向への伸縮、長手方向に対する屈曲、および長手方向に対する周方向への回転の少なくともいずれかが可能である、請求項11~請求項13のいずれか1項に記載の医療用診療装置。 The medical device according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the arm portion is capable of at least one of expansion and contraction in the longitudinal direction, bending in the longitudinal direction, and rotation in the circumferential direction with respect to the longitudinal direction. Medical equipment.
  15.  前記診断部によって出力された前記診断情報に基づいて、前記患者を支える診療台の位置および姿勢の少なくともいずれかを変更する診療台制御部を備える、請求項1~請求項14のいずれか1項に記載の医療用診療装置。 15. The medical table control unit that changes at least one of a position and a posture of a medical table that supports the patient based on the diagnostic information output by the diagnostic unit. Medical medical device as described in 1.
  16.  前記診断部によって出力された前記診断情報に基づいて、前記腕部の位置および姿勢の少なくともいずれかを変更する腕部制御部を備える、請求項12~請求項15のいずれか1項に記載の医療用診療装置。 The arm control unit according to any one of claims 12 to 15, further comprising: an arm control unit that changes at least one of a position and a posture of the arm based on the diagnosis information output by the diagnosis unit. Medical medical device.
  17.  前記腕部を複数備え、
     複数の前記腕部のそれぞれは、互いに異なる前記診療器具を有する、請求項12~請求項16のいずれか1項に記載の医療用診療装置。
    A plurality of the arms,
    The medical diagnostic apparatus according to any one of claims 12 to 16, wherein each of the plurality of arms has the different medical instruments.
  18.  前記診断部によって出力された前記診断情報に基づいて、診療器具を制御する診療器具制御部を備える、請求項1~請求項17のいずれか1項に記載の医療用診療装置。 The medical diagnostic apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 17, further comprising a medical instrument control unit that controls a medical instrument based on the diagnostic information output by the diagnostic unit.
  19.  前記診療器具制御部は、前記診断部によって出力された前記診断情報に基づいて、複数の前記腕部のそれぞれに保持された前記診療器具の使用順序を制御する、請求項18に記載の医療用診療装置。 The medical instrument according to claim 18, wherein the medical instrument control unit controls a use order of the medical instruments held in each of the plurality of arms based on the diagnostic information output by the diagnostic unit. Medical equipment.
  20.  診断に対する患者の同意を音声で取得する音声取得部を備え、
     前記診療器具制御部は、前記音声取得部によって前記患者の同意を取得した場合に、前記診療器具を制御する、請求項18または請求項19に記載の医療用診療装置。
    A voice acquisition unit that acquires patient's consent for diagnosis by voice,
    The medical treatment apparatus according to claim 18 or 19, wherein the medical instrument control unit controls the medical instrument when the voice acquisition unit acquires the consent of the patient.
  21.  前記診療器具制御部は、所定の位置にまで前記腕部が移動して停止した後に前記診療器具を制御する、請求項18~請求項20のいずれか1項に記載の医療用診療装置。 The medical diagnostic apparatus according to any one of claims 18 to 20, wherein the medical instrument control unit controls the medical instrument after the arm unit has moved to a predetermined position and stopped.
  22.  前記腕部制御部は、前記診療器具の駆動が停止した後に前記腕部を移動させる、請求項21に記載の医療用診療装置。 The medical treatment apparatus according to claim 21, wherein the arm control unit moves the arm after the driving of the medical instrument is stopped.
  23.  前記診療器具制御部は、遠隔操作によって制御される、請求項21または請求項22に記載の医療用診療装置。 The medical diagnostic apparatus according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the medical instrument control unit is controlled by remote operation.
  24.  前記表示部は、前記診断情報に基づき診断の進行度合いを段階的に表示する、請求項21~請求項23のいずれか1項に記載の医療用診療装置。 The medical diagnostic apparatus according to any one of claims 21 to 23, wherein the display unit displays the progress of diagnosis in a stepwise manner based on the diagnosis information.
  25.  前記腕部を複数備え、
     複数の前記腕部のそれぞれは、互いに異なる前記診療器具を有し、
     前記診療器具制御部は、前記診断部によって出力された前記診断情報に基づいて、複数の前記腕部のそれぞれが有する前記診療器具を互いに衝突させることなく駆動する、請求項21~請求項24のいずれか1項に記載の医療用診療装置。
    A plurality of the arms,
    Each of the plurality of arms has the different medical instruments,
    25. The medical instrument control unit according to claim 21, wherein the medical instrument control unit drives the medical instruments included in each of the plurality of arms without colliding with each other based on the diagnostic information output by the diagnostic unit. The medical examination apparatus of any one of Claims.
  26.  前記患者は、人体模型である、請求項21~請求項25のいずれか1項に記載の医療用診療装置。 The medical diagnostic apparatus according to any one of claims 21 to 25, wherein the patient is a human body model.
PCT/JP2018/015251 2017-05-30 2018-04-11 Medical examination device WO2018221027A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019522005A JP6829763B2 (en) 2017-05-30 2018-04-11 Medical medical equipment

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017-106296 2017-05-30
JP2017106296 2017-05-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018221027A1 true WO2018221027A1 (en) 2018-12-06

Family

ID=64454646

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/015251 WO2018221027A1 (en) 2017-05-30 2018-04-11 Medical examination device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6829763B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2018221027A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20200103196A (en) * 2019-02-18 2020-09-02 부산대학교 산학협력단 Apparatus and Method for Manufacturing Customized Implant Guide Stent
WO2020181346A1 (en) * 2019-03-08 2020-09-17 Alliage S/A Indústrias Médico Odontológica X-ray emitter incorporated into a dental reflector
CN113648174A (en) * 2021-08-23 2021-11-16 吉林大学 Multifunctional safety seat for dental treatment
KR20210150659A (en) * 2020-06-03 2021-12-13 오스템임플란트 주식회사 Method and apparatus for dental practice management system

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001299699A (en) * 2000-03-17 2001-10-30 Kaltenbach & Voigt Gmbh & Co Device for identifying caries, plaque, bacterial infection, calculus, dental calculus, and other fluorescent material on tooth
JP2003305064A (en) * 2002-04-17 2003-10-28 Morita Mfg Co Ltd Medical-dental treatment apparatus
JP2005110828A (en) * 2003-10-06 2005-04-28 Omega Wave Kk Dental diagnostic device
WO2010026687A1 (en) * 2008-09-03 2010-03-11 Yamada Tomomi Headrest for dental treatment chair and dental treatment chair
JP2015001876A (en) * 2013-06-17 2015-01-05 メディア株式会社 Medical interview support program, server device, medical interview support method, and medical interview support system
JP2017029641A (en) * 2015-08-06 2017-02-09 株式会社モリタ製作所 Medical examination apparatus and medical surgical instrument
JP2017084311A (en) * 2015-10-30 2017-05-18 メディア株式会社 Visit medical care support system

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001299699A (en) * 2000-03-17 2001-10-30 Kaltenbach & Voigt Gmbh & Co Device for identifying caries, plaque, bacterial infection, calculus, dental calculus, and other fluorescent material on tooth
JP2003305064A (en) * 2002-04-17 2003-10-28 Morita Mfg Co Ltd Medical-dental treatment apparatus
JP2005110828A (en) * 2003-10-06 2005-04-28 Omega Wave Kk Dental diagnostic device
WO2010026687A1 (en) * 2008-09-03 2010-03-11 Yamada Tomomi Headrest for dental treatment chair and dental treatment chair
JP2015001876A (en) * 2013-06-17 2015-01-05 メディア株式会社 Medical interview support program, server device, medical interview support method, and medical interview support system
JP2017029641A (en) * 2015-08-06 2017-02-09 株式会社モリタ製作所 Medical examination apparatus and medical surgical instrument
JP2017084311A (en) * 2015-10-30 2017-05-18 メディア株式会社 Visit medical care support system

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
OKUMA, TOMOKO ET AL.: "Extraction of Adverse Effect relation by using natural language processing", FUJI XEROX TECHNICAL REPORT N. 21, 31 January 2012 (2012-01-31), pages 91 - 97 *

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20200103196A (en) * 2019-02-18 2020-09-02 부산대학교 산학협력단 Apparatus and Method for Manufacturing Customized Implant Guide Stent
KR102152423B1 (en) * 2019-02-18 2020-09-04 부산대학교 산학협력단 Apparatus and Method for Manufacturing Customized Implant Guide Stent
WO2020181346A1 (en) * 2019-03-08 2020-09-17 Alliage S/A Indústrias Médico Odontológica X-ray emitter incorporated into a dental reflector
KR20210150659A (en) * 2020-06-03 2021-12-13 오스템임플란트 주식회사 Method and apparatus for dental practice management system
KR102406484B1 (en) * 2020-06-03 2022-06-09 오스템임플란트 주식회사 Method and apparatus for dental practice management system
CN113648174A (en) * 2021-08-23 2021-11-16 吉林大学 Multifunctional safety seat for dental treatment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2018221027A1 (en) 2019-11-14
JP6829763B2 (en) 2021-02-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6829763B2 (en) Medical medical equipment
Buchgreitz et al. Guided endodontics modified for treating molars by using an intracoronal guide technique
JP5792620B2 (en) Dental bone implant, method of implanting a dental bone implant, and method and system for manufacturing a dental bone implant
KR102650307B1 (en) Dental procedure aids
JP6777917B1 (en) Estimator, estimation system, estimation method, and estimation program
Søndergaard et al. Fully versus conventionally guided implant placement by dental students: A randomized controlled trial
JP5043145B2 (en) Diagnostic system
JP6845923B2 (en) Medical medical equipment
JP6771687B1 (en) Estimator, estimation system, estimation method, and estimation program
Igna et al. Digital technology in paediatric dentistry and orthodontics
Parize et al. Three-dimensional (3D) facially driven workflow for anterior ridge defect evaluation: a treatment concept
JP7343470B2 (en) Control device, control method, and control program
JP7428634B2 (en) Control device, control method, and control program
Bóveda et al. The Role of Modern Technologies for Dentin Preservation in Root Canal Treatment
KR102236486B1 (en) A electric loupe and diagnosis method using the same
JP6777916B1 (en) Estimator, estimation system, estimation method, and estimation program
Fouad Digital Applications in Endodontics
Mangal et al. A comprehensive review of the instrumentation required for the various dental specialties
Ravindra Cone Beam Computed Tomography Applications in Various Branches of Dentistry
JP2022081263A (en) Information processing device and program
JP2022170352A (en) Estimation device, estimation method and program for estimation
Peringuey Dentist to visit patients at home
JP2022170354A (en) Estimation device, estimation method and program for estimation
JP2023033923A (en) Image processing device, image processing system, image processing method, and image processing program
BG4429U1 (en) Digital system for dental health assessment and production of orthodontic appliances

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18809200

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019522005

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18809200

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1